CONTENT TABLE

MATHEMATICS

1 Relations and Functions

2 Inverse Trigonometric Functions

3 Matrices
4 Determinants

EE TE
5 Continuity And Differentiability
6 Applications of Derivatives
7
/N U
Integrals

T
T
8 Applications of the Integrals
EE TI

9 Differential Equations
-J S

10 Vectors
IIT IN

11 Three - dimensional Geometry

12 Linear Programming
2

13 Probability
K

9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school

 Chapter 1: Relation and Function

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school

 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS

Top Concepts in Relations

1. Introduction to Relation and no. of relations

● A relation R between two non-empty sets A and B is a subset of their Cartesian
product A × B.
● If A = B, then the relation R on A is a subset of A × A.

EE TE
● The total number of relations from a set consisting of m elements to a set consisting
of n elements is 2mn.

/N U
● If (a, b) belongs to R, then a is related to b and is written as ‘a R b’. If (a, b) does not

T
T
belong to R, then a is not related to b and it is written as
EE TI
2. Co-domain and Range of a Relation

Let R be a relation from A to B. Then the ‘domain of and the ‘range of Co-
-J S

domain is either set B or any of its superset or subset containing range of R.

IIT IN

3. Types of Relations
A relation R in a set A is called an empty relation if no element of A is related to any
2

element of A, i.e.,
K

4. A relation R on a set A is called:

a. Reflexive, if (a, a) ∈ R for every a ∈ A.

b. Symmetric, if (a1, a2) ∈ R implies that (a2, a1) ∈ R for all a1, a2 ∈ A.

c. Transitive, if (a1, a2) ∈ R and (a2, a3) ∈ R implies that (a1, a3) ∈ R for all a1, a2, a3 ∈ A.

5. Equivalence Relation
● A relation R in a set A is said to be an equivalence relation if R is reflexive, symmetric
and transitive.

1
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

● An empty relation R on a non-empty set X (i.e., ‘a R b’ is never true) is not an

equivalence relation, because although it is vacuously symmetric and transitive, but it
is not reflexive (except when X is also empty).
6. Given an arbitrary equivalence relation R in a set X, R divides X into mutually disjoint
subsets Si called partitions or subdivisions of X provided:

a. All elements of S, are related to each other for all i.

b. No element of Si is related to any element of St if i ≠ j.

c.

EE TE
7. Union, Intersection and Inverse of Equivalence Relations

/N U
T
a. If R and S are two equivalence relations on a set A, R ∩ S is also an equivalence relation
on A.
T
EE TI
b. The union of two equivalence relations on a set is not necessarily an equivalence
relation on the set.
-J S

c. The inverse of an equivalence relation is an equivalence relation.

IIT IN

Top Concepts in Functions

2

1. Introduction to functions
K

A function from a non-empty set A to another non-empty set B is a correspondence or a rule

which associates every element of A to a unique element of B written as f : A → B such that
f(x) = y for all x ∈ A, y ∈ B.

All functions are relations, but the converse is not true.

2. Domain, Co-domain and Range of a Function

● If f : A → B is a function, then set A is the domain, set B is the co-domain and set {f(x) : x
∈ A) is the range of f.

● The range is a subset of the co-domain.

● A function can also be regarded as a machine which gives a unique output in set B
corresponding to each input from set A.

2
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

● If A and B are two sets having m and n elements, respectively, then the total number of
functions from A to B is nm.

3. Real Function
● A function f : A → B is called a real-valued function if B is a subset of R.

● If A and B both are subsets of R, then 'f' is called a real function.

● While describing real functions using mathematical formula, x (the input) is the
independent variable and y (the output) is the dependent variable.

● The graph of a real function ‘f’ consists of points whose co-ordinates (x, y) satisfy y =
f(x), for all x ∈ Domain(f).

EE TE
4. Vertical line test
A curve in a plane represents the graph of a real function if and only if no vertical line

/N U
intersects it more than once.

T
5. One-one Function
T
EE TI
● A function f : A → B is one-to-one if for all x, y ∈ A, f(x) = f(y) ⇒ x = y or x ≠ y ⇒ f(x) ≠
f(y).
-J S

● A one-one function is known as an injection or injective function. Otherwise, f is called

IIT IN

many-one.

6. Onto Function
2

● A function f : A → B is an onto function, if for each b ∈ B, there is at least one a ∈ A such

that f(a) = b, i.e., if every element in B is the image of some element in A, then f is an
K

onto or surjective function.

● For an onto function, range = co-domain.
● A function which is both one-one and onto is called a bijective function or a bijection.
● A one-one function defined from a finite set to itself is always onto, but if the set is
infinite, then it is not the case.
7. Let A and B be two finite sets and f : A → B be a function.
● If f is an injection, then n (A) ≤ n (B) .

● If f is a surjection, then n(A) ≥ n(B).

● If f is a bijection, then n(A) = n(B) .

8. If A and B are two non-empty finite sets containing m and n elements, respectively, then

3
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

Number of functions from A to B = nm.

9. If a function f : A → B is not an onto function, then f : A → f(A) is always an onto function.

10.Composition of Functions

EE TE
Let f : A → B and g : B → C be two functions. The composition of f and g, denoted by g o f,
is defined as the function g o f: A → C and is given by g o f(x): A → C defined by g o f(x) =
g(f(x)) ∀ 𝑥𝑥 ∈ A.

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

● Composition of f and g is written as g o f and not f o g.

2

● Composition of functions is not commutative in general i.e., f o g(x) ≠ g o f(x).

K

● Composition is associative i.e., if f : X → Y, g : Y → Z and h : Z → S are functions, then h o

(g o f) = (h o g) o f.
● The composition of two bijections is a bijection.
11.Inverse of a Function
● Let f : A → B is a bijection, then g : B → A is inverse of f if f(x) = y ⟺ g(y) = x OR g o f = lA
and f o g = lB
● If g o f = lA and f is an injection, then g is a surjection.
● If f o g' lB and f is a surjection, then g is an injection.
12. Let f : A → B and g: B → C be two functions. Then
● g o f: A → C is onto ⇒ g: B → C is onto.
● g o f: A → C is one-one ⇒ f:A → B is one-one.
4
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

● g o f: A → C is onto and g: B → C is one-one ⇒ f:A → B is onto.

● g o f: A → C is one-one and f:A → B is onto ⇒ g: B → C is one-one.
13. Invertible Function
● A function f : X → Y is defined to be invertible if there exists a function g : Y → X such
that gof - lx and fog = Iy.
● The function g is called the inverse of f and is denoted by f-1. If f is invertible, then f must
be one-one and onto, and conversely, if f is one-one and onto, then f must be invertible.
● If f : A → B and g : B → C are one-one and onto, then g o f : A → C is also one-one and
onto. But if g o f is one-one, then only f is one-one and g may or may not be one-one. If
g o f is onto, then g is onto and f may or may not be onto.

EE TE
● Let f : X → Y and g : Y → Z be two invertible functions. Then g o f is also invertible with (g
o f)-1 = f-1 o g-1.
● If f: R → R is invertible, f(x) = y, then f-1 (y) = x and (f-1)-1 is the function f itself.

/N U
T
Binary Operations
T
EE TI
1. A binary operation * on a set A is a function from A × A to A.
-J S

2. If * is a binary operation on a set S, then S is closed with respect to *.

3. Binary operations on R
IIT IN

● Addition, subtraction and multiplication are binary operations on R, which is the set of
real numbers.
2

● Division is not binary on R; however, division is a binary operation on R - {0} which is the
K

set of non-zero real numbers.

4. Laws of Binary Operations
● A binary operation * on the set X is called commutative, if a * b = b * a, for every a, b ∈
X.
● A binary operation * on the set X is called associative, if a (b*c) = (a*b)*c, for every a, b,
c ∈ X.
● An element e ∈ A is called an identity of A with respect to * if for each a ∈ A, a * e = a = e
* a.
● The identity element of (A, *) if it exists, is unique.
5. Existence of Inverse
Given a binary operation * from A × A → A with the identity element e in A, an element a
e A is said to be invertible with respect to the operation *, if there exists an element b in

5
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

A such that a * b = e = b * a and b is called the inverse of a and is denoted by a-1.

6. If the operation table is symmetric about the diagonal line, then the operation is
commutative.

The operation * is commutative.

7. Binary Operation on Natural Numbers

EE TE
Addition ’+’ and multiplication '-' on N, the set of natural numbers, are binary operations.
However, subtraction '—' and division are not, because (4, 5) = 4 - 5 = -1 ∈ N and 4/5 = .8
∈ N.

/N U
T
8. Number of Binary Operations
T
● Let S be a finite set consisting of n elements. Then S x S has n2 elements.
EE TI
● The total number of functions from a finite set A to a finite set B is [n(B)]n(A). Therefore,
2
total number of binary operations on S is 𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 .
-J S

● The total number of commutative binary operations on a set consisting of n elements is

IIT IN

𝑛𝑛(𝑛𝑛−1)
n .
2
2
K

6
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

7
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

Important Questions
Multiple Choice questions-
1. Let R be the relation in the set (1, 2, 3, 4}, given by:

R = {(1, 2), (2, 2), (1, 1), (4, 4), (1, 3), (3, 3), (3, 2)}.

Then:

(a) R is reflexive and symmetric but not transitive

(b) R is reflexive and transitive but not symmetric

EE TE
(c) R is symmetric and transitive but not reflexive

(d) R is an equivalence relation.

/N U
2. Let R be the relation in the set N given by: R = {(a, b): a = b – 2, b > 6}. Then:

T
(a) (2, 4) ∈ R
T
EE TI
(b) (3, 8) ∈ R
-J S

(c) (6, 8) ∈ R
IIT IN

(d) (8, 7) ∈ R.

3. Let A = {1, 2, 3}. Then number of relations containing {1, 2} and {1, 3}, which are
reflexive and symmetric but not transitive is:
2
K

(a) 1

(b) 2

(c) 3

(d) 4.

4. Let A = (1, 2, 3). Then the number of equivalence relations containing (1, 2) is

(a) 1

(b) 2

(c) 3

(d) 4.

8
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

5. Let f: R → R be defined as f(x) = x4. Then

(a) f is one-one onto

(b) f is many-one onto

(c) f is one-one but not onto

(d) f is neither one-one nor onto.

6. Let f: R → R be defined as f(x) = 3x. Then

(a) f is one-one onto

(b) f is many-one onto

EE TE
(c) f is one-one but not onto

/N U
(d) f is neither one-one nor onto.

T
T
7. If f: R → R be given by f(x) = (3 – x³)1/3, then fof (x) is
EE TI
(a) x1/3

(b) x³
-J S

(c) x
IIT IN

(d) 3 - x³.
2

4 4x 4
8. Let f: R – {- } → R be a function defined as: f(x) = , x ≠ - . The inverse of f is map
3 3x + 4 3
K

4
g: Range f → R -{- } given by
3

3y
(a) g(y) =
3− 4y

4y
(b) g(y) =
4 − 3y

4y
(c) g(y) =
3 − 4y

3y
(d) g(y) =
4 − 3y

9. Let R be a relation on the set N of natural numbers defined by nRm if n divides m.

Then R is

(a) Reflexive and symmetric

9
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

(b) Transitive and symmetric

(c) Equivalence

(d) Reflexive, transitive but not symmetric.

10. Set A has 3 elements, and the set B has 4 elements. Then the number of injective
mappings that can be defined from A to B is:

(a) 144

(b) 12

(c) 24

EE TE
(d) 64

Very Short Questions:

/N U
T
1. If R = {(x, y) : x + 2y = 8} is a relation in N, write the range of R.
T
EE TI
2. Show that a one-one function:

f {1, 2, 3} → {1, 2, 3} must be onto. (N.C.E.R.T.)

-J S

|x − 1|
3. What is the range of the function f(x) = ? (C.B.S.E. 2010)
IIT IN

x−1

4. Show that the function f : N → N given by f(x) = 2x is one-one but not onto.
(N.C.E.R.T.)
2
K

5. If f : R → R is defined by f(x) = 3x + 2 find f(f(x)). C.B.S.E. 2011 (F))

x
6. If f(x) = , x ≠1 then find fof. (N.C.E.R.T)
x−1

7. If f: R → R is defined by f(x) = (3 - x3)1/3, find fof (x)

8. Are f and q both necessarily onto, if gof is onto? (N.C.E.R.T.)

Short Questions:
1. Let A be the set of all students of a Boys’ school. Show that the relation R in A given
by:

R = {(a, b): a is sister of b} is an empty relation and the relation R’ given by :

R’ = {(a, b) : the difference between heights of a and b is less than 3 metres} is an

universal relation. (N.C.E.R.T.)
10
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

2. Let f : X → Y be a function. Define a relation R in X given by :

R = {(a,b):f(a) = f(b)}.

Examine, if R is an equivalence relation. (N.C.E.R.T.)

3. Let R be the relation in the set Z of integers given by:

R = {(a, b): 2 divides a – b}.

Show that the relation R is transitive. Write the equivalence class [0]. (C.B.S.E.
Sample Paper 2019-20)

4. Show that the function:

EE TE
f:N→N

given by f(1) = f(2) = 1 and f(x) = x -1, for every x > 2 is onto but not one-one.
(N.C.E.R.T.)
/N U
T
5. Find gof and fog, if:
T
EE TI
f : R → R and g : R → R are given by f (x) = cos x and g (x) = 3x2. Show that gof ≠ fog.
(N. C.E.R. T.)
-J S

4x + 3 2
6. If f(x) = , x ≠ find fof(x)
IIT IN

6x − 4 3

7. Let A = N x N be the set of ail ordered pairs of natural numbers and R be the
relation on the set A defined by (a, b) R (c, d) iff ad = bc. Show that R is an
2

equivalence relation.
K

8. Let f: R → R be the Signum function defined as:

and g : R → R be the Greatest Integer Function given by g (x) = [x], where [x] is
greatest integer less than or equal to x. Then does fog and gof coincide in (0,1]?

Long Questions:
1. Show that the relation R on R defined as R = {(a, b):a ≤ b}, is reflexive and transitive
but not symmetric.

11
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

2. Prove that function f : N → N, defined by f(x) = x2 + x + 1 is one-one but not onto.

Find inverse of f : N → S, where S is range of f.

3. Let A = (x ∈Z : 0 ≤ x ≤ 12}.

Show that R = {(a, b) : a, b ∈ A; |a – b| is divisible by 4} is an equivalence relation.

Find the set of all elements related to 1. Also write the equivalence class [2].
(C.B.S.E 2018)

4. Prove that the function f: [0, ∞) → R given by f(x) = 9x2 + 6x – 5 is not invertible.
Modify the co-domain of the function f to make it invertible, and hence find f-1.
(C.B.S.E. Sample Paper 2018-19

Assertion and Reason Questions-

EE TE
1. Two statements are given-one labelled Assertion (A) and the other labelled Reason
(R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes(a), (b), (c) and (d) as
given below.
/N U
T
T
a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
EE TI
b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c) A is true but R is false.
-J S

d) A is false and R is also false.

IIT IN

Assertion(A): Let L be the set of all lines in a plane and R be the relation in L defined as
R = {(L1, L2): L1 is perpendicular to L2}.R is not equivalence realtion.

Reason (R): R is symmetric but neither reflexive nor transitive

2
K

2. Two statements are given-one labelled Assertion (A) and the other labelled Reason
(R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes(a), (b), (c) and (d) as
given below.

a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c) A is true but R is false.
d) A is false and R is also false.

Assertion (A): = {(T1, T2): T1 is congruent to T2}. Then R is an equivalence relation.

Reason(R): Any relation R is an equivalence relation, if it is reflexive, symmetric and

transitive.

12
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

Case Study Questions-

1. Consider the mapping f: A → B is defined by f(x) = x - 1 such that f is a bijection.

Based on the above information, answer the following questions.

(i) Domain of f is:

a) R - {2}
b) R
c) R - {1, 2}
d) R - {0}

EE TE
(ii) Range of f is:

a) R
b) R - {2}

/N U
T
c) R - {0} T
d) R - {1, 2}
EE TI
(iii) If g: R - {2} → R - {1} is defined by g(x) = 2f(x) - 1, then g(x) in terms of x is:
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

(iv) The function g defined above, is:

a) One-one
b) Many-one
c) into
d) None of these

(v)A function f(x) is said to be one-one if.

a. f(x1) = f(x2) ⇒ -x1 = x2

b. f(-x1) = f(-x2) ⇒ -x1 = x2
c. f(x1) = f(x2) ⇒ x1 = x2
d. None of these

13
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

2. A relation R on a set A is said to be an equivalence relation on A iff it is:

I. Reflexive i.e., (a, a) ∈ R ∀ a ∈ A.

II. Symmetric i.e., (a, b) ∈ R ⇒ (b, a) ∈ R ∀ a, b ∈ A.
III. Transitive i.e., (a, b) ∈ R and (b, c) ∈ R ⇒ (a, c) ∈ R ∀ a, b, c ∈ A.

Based on the above information, answer the following questions.

(i) If the relation R = {(1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), (2, 2), (2, 3), (3, 1), (3, 2), (3, 3)} defined on
the set A = {1, 2, 3}, then R is:

a) Reflexive
b) Symmetric

EE TE
c) Transitive
d) Equivalence

(ii) If the relation R = {(1, 2), (2, 1), (1, 3), (3, 1)} defined on the set A = {1, 2, 3},
then R is:
/N U
T
T
a) Reflexive
EE TI
b) Symmetric
c) Transitive
-J S

d) Equivalence
IIT IN

(iii) If the relation R on the set N of all natural numbers defined as R = {(x, y): y = x +
5 and x < 4}, then R is:
2

a) Reflexive
b) Symmetric
K

c) Transitive
d) Equivalence

(iv) If the relation R on the set A = {1, 2, 3, ........., 13, 14} defined as R = {(x, y): 3x - y =
O}, then R is:

a) Reflexive
b) Symmetric
c) Transitive
d) Equivalence

(v)If the relation R on the set A = {I, 2, 3} defined as R = {(1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), (2, 1),
(2, 2), (2, 3), (3, 1), (3, 2), (3, 3)}, then R is:

a) Reflexive only

14
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

b) Symmetric only
c) Transitive only
d) Equivalence

Answer Key-
Multiple Choice questions-
(b) R is reflexive and transitive but not symmetric

(c) (6, 8) ∈ R

(a) 1

(b) 2

EE TE
(d) f is neither one-one nor onto.

(a) f is one-one onto

/N U
T
(c) x
T
EE TI
4y
(b) g(y) =
4 − 3y
-J S

(b) Transitive and symmetric

IIT IN

(c) 24

Very Short Answer:

2
K

1. Solution: Range of R = {1, 2, 3}.

[∵ When x = 2, then y = 3, when x = 4, then y = 2, when x = 6, then y = 1]

2. Solution: Since ‘f’ is one-one,

∴ under ‘f’, all the three elements of {1, 2, 3} should correspond to three different
elements of the co-domain {1, 2, 3}.

Hence, ‘f’ is onto.

3. Solution: When x > 1,

x−1
than f(x) = = 1.
x−1

When x < 1,

15
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

−(x − 1)
than f(x) = = -1
x−1

Hence, Rf = {-1, 1}.

4. Solution:

Let x1, x2 ∈ N.

Now, f(x1) = f(x2)

⇒ 2x1 = 2x2

⇒ x 1 = x2

EE TE
⇒ f is one-one.

Now, f is not onto.

/N U
∵ For 1 ∈ N, there does not exist any x ∈ N such that f(x) = 2x = 1.

T
T
Hence, f is ono-one but not onto.
EE TI
5. Solution:
-J S

f(f(x)) = 3 f(x) + 2
IIT IN

= 3(3x + 2) + 2 = 9x + 8.

6. Solution:
2
K

7. Solution:

fof(x) = f(f(x)) = (3-(f(x))3)1/3

= (3 – ((3 – x3)1/3)3)1/3

= (3 – (3 – x3))1/3 = (x3)1/3 = x.

16
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

8. Solution:

Consider f: {1, 2, 3, 4} → {1, 2, 3, 4}

and g: {1, 2, 3,4} → {1,2.3} defined by:

f(1) = 1, f(2) = 2, f(3) = f(4) = 3

g (1) = 1, g (2) = 2, g (3) = g (4) = 3.

∴ gof = g (f(x)) {1, 2,3}, which is onto

But f is not onto.

[∵ 4 is not the image of any element]

EE TE
Short Answer:
1. Solution:
/N U
T
T
(i) Here R = {(a, b): a is sister of b}.
EE TI
Since the school is a Boys’ school,
-J S

∴ no student of the school can be the sister of any student of the school.
IIT IN

Thus R = Φ Hence, R is an empty relation.

(ii) Here R’ = {(a,b): the difference between heights of a and b is less than 3 metres}.
2

Since the difference between heights of any two students of the school is to be less
K

than 3 metres,

∴ R’ = A x A. Hence, R’ is a universal relation.

2. Solution:

For each a ∈ X, (a, a) ∈ R.

Thus R is reflexive. [∵ f (a) = f(a)]

Now (a, b) ∈ R

⇒ f(a) = f(b)

⇒ f(b) = f (a)

⇒ (b, a) ∈ R.

17
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

Thus R is symmetric.

And (a, b) ∈ R

and (b, c) ∈ R

⇒ f(a) = f(b)

and f(b) = f(c)

⇒ f(a)= f(c)

⇒ (a, c) ∈ R.

Thus R is transitive.

EE TE
Hence, R is an equivalence relation.

/N U
3. Solution:

T
T
Let 2 divide (a – b) and 2 divide (b – c), where a,b,c ∈ Z
EE TI
⇒ 2 divides [(a – b) + (b – c)]

⇒ 2 divides (a – c).
-J S
IIT IN

Hence, R is transitive.

And [0] = {0, ± 2, ± 4, ± 6,…].

2

4. Solution:
K

Since f(1) = f(2) = 1,

∴ f(1) = f(2), where 1 ≠ 2.

∴ ‘f’ is not one-one.

Let y ∈ N, y ≠ 1,

we can choose x as y + 1 such that f(x) = x – 1

= y + 1 – 1 = y.

Also 1 ∈ N, f(1) = 1.

Thus ‘f ’ is onto.

Hence, ‘f ’ is onto but not one-one.

18
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

5. Solution:

We have:

f(x) = cos x and g(x) = 3x2.

∴ gof (x) = g (f(x)) = g (cos x)

= 3 (cos x)2 = 3 cos2 x

and fog (x) = f(g (x)) = f(3x2) = cos 3x2.

Hence, gof ≠ fog.

6. Solution:

EE TE
4x + 3
We have: …(1)
6x − 4

/N U
∴ fof(x) - f (f (x))

T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

7. Solution:

Given: (a, b) R (c, d) if and only if ad = bc.

(I) (a, b) R (a, b) iff ab – ba, which is true.

[∵ ab = ba ∀ a, b ∈ N]

Thus, R is reflexive.

(II) (a, b) R (c,d) ⇒ ad = bc

19
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

(c, d) R (a, b) ⇒ cb = da.

But cb = be and da = ad in N.

∴ (a, b) R (c, d) ⇒ (c, d) R (a, b).

Thus, R is symmetric.

(III) (a,b) R (c, d)

⇒ ad = bc …(1)

(c, d) R (e,f)

⇒ cf = de … (2)

EE TE
Multiplying (1) and (2), (ad). (cf) – (be), (de)

⇒ af = be
/N U
T
⇒ (a,b) = R(e,f).
T
EE TI
Thus, R is transitive.

Thus, R is reflexive, symmetric and transitive.

-J S
IIT IN

Hence, R is an equivalence relation.

8. Solution:
2

For x ∈ (0,1].
K

And (gof) (x) = g(f(x)) = g(1)

[∵ f(x) = 1 ∀ x > 0]

= [1] = 1

⇒ (gof) (x) = 1 ∀ x ∈ (0, 1] …(2)

20
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

From (1) and (2), (fog) and (gof) do not coincide in (0, 1].

Long Answer:
1. Solution:

We have: R = {(a, b)} = a ≤ b}.

Since, a ≤ a ∀ a ∈ R,

∴ (a, a) ∈ R,

Thus, R reflexive.

EE TE
Now, (a, b) ∈ R and (b, c) ∈ R

⇒ a ≤ b and b ≤ c

⇒a≤c
/N U
T
⇒ (a, c) ∈ R.
T
EE TI
Thus, R is transitive.
-J S

But R is not symmetric

IIT IN

[∵ (3, 5) ∈ R but (5, 3) ∉ R as 3 ≤ 5 but 5 > 3]

Solution:
2

Let x1, x2 ∈ N.
K

Now, f(x1) = f(x2)

Thus, f is one-one.

Let y ∈ N, then for any x,

21
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

f(x) = y if y = x2 + x + 1

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

2. Solution:

We have:

22
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

R = {(a, b): a, b ∈ A; |a – b| is divisible by 4}.

(1) Reflexive: For any a ∈ A,

∴ (a, b) ∈ R.

|a – a| = 0, which is divisible by 4.

Thus, R is reflexive.

Symmetric:

Let (a, b) ∈ R

⇒ |a – b| is divisible by 4

EE TE
⇒ |b – a| is divisible by 4

/N U
Thus, R is symmetric.

T
T
Transitive: Let (a, b) ∈ R and (b, c) ∈ R
EE TI
⇒ |a – b| is divisible by 4 and |b – c| is divisible by 4

⇒ |a – b| = 4λ
-J S
IIT IN

⇒ a – b = ±4λ ………….(1)

and |b – c| = 4µ
2

⇒ b – c = ± 4µ ………….(2)
K

Adding (1) and (2),

(a-b) + (b-c) = ±4(λ + µ)

⇒ a – c = ± 4 (λ + µ)

⇒ (a, c) ∈ R.

Thus, R is transitive.

Now, R is reflexive, symmetric and transitive.

Hence, R is an equivalence relation.

(ii) Let ‘x’ be an element of A such that (x, 1) ∈ R

⇒ |x – 1| is divisible by 4
23
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

⇒ x – 1 = 0,4, 8, 12,…

⇒ x = 1, 5, 9, 13, …

Hence, the set of all elements of A which are related to 1 is {1, 5, 9}.

(iii) Let (x, 2) ∈ R.

Thus |x – 2| = 4k, where k ≤ 3.

∴ x = 2, 6, 10.

Hence, equivalence class [2] = {2, 6, 10}.

3. Solution:

EE TE
Let y∈ R.

/N U
For any x, f(x) = y if y = 9x2 + 6x – 5

T
T
⇒ y = (9x2 + 6x + 1) – 6
EE TI
= (3x + 1)2 – 6
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

24
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2

Assertion and Reason Answers-

K

1. (a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

2. (a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

Case Study Answers-

1. Answer :

(i) (a) R - {2}

Solution:

For f(x) to be defined x - 2; ≠ 0 i.e., x; ≠ 2.

∴ Domain of f = R - {2}

25
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

(ii) (b) R - {2}

Solution:

⇒ xy - 2y = x - 1 ⇒ xy - x = 2y -

Since, x ∈∈ R - {2}, therefore y ≠ 1

EE TE
Hence, range of f = R - {1}

/N U
T
Solution:
T
EE TI
We have, g(x) = 2f(x) - 1
-J S
IIT IN

(iv) (a) One-one

2

Solution:
K

⇒ x1x2 - 2x1 = x1x2 - 2x2 ⇒ 2x1 = 2x2 ⇒ x1 = x2

Thus, g(x1) = g(x2) ⇒ x1 = x2

Hence, g(x) is one-one.

(v)(c) f(x1) = f(x2) ⇒ x1 = x2

2. Answer :

(i) (a) Reflexive

26
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

Solution:

Clearly, (1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3), ∈ R. So, R is reflexive on A.

Since, (1, 2) ∈ R but (2, 1) ∉ R. So, R is not symmetric on A.

Since, (2, 3), ∈ R and (3, 1) ∈ R but (2, 1) ∉ R. So, R is not transitive on A.

(ii) (b) Symmetric

Solution:

Since, (1, 1), (2, 2) and (3, 3) are not in R. So, R is not reflexive on A.

EE TE
Now, (1, 2) ∈ R ⇒ (2, 1) ∈ R and (1, 3) ∈ R ⇒ (3, 1) ∈ R. So, R is symmetric,

Clearly, (1, 2) ∈ R and (2, 1) ∈ R but (1, 1) ∉ R. So, R is not transitive on A.

/N U
T
(iii) (c) Transitive
T
Solution:
EE TI
We have, R = {(x, y): y = x + 5 and x < 4}, where x, y ∈ N.
-J S

∴ R = {(1, 6), (2, 7), (3, 8)}

IIT IN

Clearly, (1, 1), (2, 2) etc. are not in R. So, R is not reflexive.
2

Since, (1, 6) ∈ R but (6, 1) ∉ R. So, R is not symmetric.

K

Since, (1, 6) ∈ R and there is no order pair in R which has 6 as the first element.

Same is the case for (2, 7) and (3, 8). So, R is transitive.

(iv) (d) Equivalence

Solution:

We have, R = {(x, y): 3x - y = 0}, where x, y ∈ A = {1,2, ......, 14}.

∴ R = {(1, 3), (2, 6), (3, 9), (4, 12)}

Clearly, (1, 1) ∉ R. So, R is not reflexive on A.

Since, (1, 3) ∈ R but (3, 1) ∉ R. So, R is not symmetric on A.

27
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
01

Since, (1, 3) ∈ Rand (3, 9) ∈ R but (1, 9) ∉ R. So, R is not transitive on A.

(v)(d) Equi0076alence

Solution:

Clearly, (1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3) ∈ R. So, R is reflexive on A.

We find that the ordered pairs obtained by interchanging the components of

ordered pairs in R are also in R. So, R is symmetric on A. For 1, 2, 3 ∈ A such that
(1, 2) and (2, 3) are in R implies that (1, 3) is also, in R. So, R is transitive on A.
Thus, R is an equivalence relation.

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

28
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 Chapter 2: Inverse Trigonometric Functions

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

29
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS

1. The domains and ranges (principal value branches) of inverse trigonometric functions are
given in the following table:

Functions Domain Range (Principal Value Branches)

[- 1, 1]

EE TE
[- 1, 1]

/N U R- [- 1, 1]

T
– {0 }
T
EE TI
R- [- 1, 1]
-J S

R
IIT IN

R
2
K

1
2. sin-1x should not be confused with (sin-1x). In fact, (𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑥𝑥)−1 = And similarly for
𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑥𝑥

other trigonometric functions.

3. The value of an inverse trigonometric functions which lies in its principal value branch is
called the principal value of that inverse trigonometric functions.

4. For suitable values of domain, we have

30
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

EE TE
•

/N U
T
•
T
EE TI
-J S

•
IIT IN

•
2
K

31
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

EE TE
•

/N U
T
T
EE TI
•
-J S

•
IIT IN
2
K

32
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

5. Conversion:

EE TE
•

/N U
T
T
EE TI
•
-J S
IIT IN

•
2
K

6. Some other properties of Inverse Trigonometric Function:

33
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

34
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

Important Questions
Multiple Choice questions-

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

35
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

36
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
Very Short Questions:
-J S
IIT IN

1
1. Find the principal value of sin-1 ( )
2

2. What is the principal value of:

2

2π 2π
cos-1 (cos + sin-1 (sin )?
K

3 3

3. Find the principal value of:

tan-1 (√3)- sec-1 (-2). (A.I.C.B.S.E. 2012)

1
4. Evaluate: tan-1 ( 2 cos (2 sin-1 ( )))
2

5. Find the value of tan-1(√3) - cot-1(-√3). (C.B.S.E. 2018)

1 π
6. If sin-1 ( ) + cos-1 x = , then find x. (C.B.S.E. 2010C)
3 2
π
7. If sec-1 (2) + cosec-1 (y) = , then find y.
2

π 1
8. Write the value of sin [ - sin-1 ( - ) ]
3 2

37
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

9. Prove the following:

π
10. If tan-1 x + tan-1 y = , xy < 1, then write the value of the x + y + xy (A.I.C.B.S.E.
4
2014)

Short Questions:
1. Express sin-1

EE TE
π π
Where - < x < , in the simples form.
4 4

/N U
T
2. Prove that:
T
EE TI
3. Prove that:
-J S
IIT IN

4. Solve the following equation:

2
K

5. Solve the following equation:

6. Solve the following equation

(A.I.C.B.S.E. 2013)

7. Prove that

Long Questions:
38
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

1. prove that

2. Find the value of:

3. Prove that:

EE TE
/N U
T
4. T
EE TI
-J S

Assertion and Reason Questions:

IIT IN

1. Two statements are given-one labelled Assertion (A) and the other labelled Reason
(R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes(a), (b), (c) and (d) as
given below.
2
K

a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c) A is true but R is false.
d) A is false and R is true.
e) Both A and R are false.

Assertion(A): A relation R = {(1, 1), (1, 3), (3, 1), (3, 3), (3, 5)} defined on the set A =
{1,3,5} is reflexive.

Reason (R): A relation R on the set A is said to be transitive if for. (a, b) ∈R and (b,
c)∈R, we have (a,c)∈R.

2. Two statements are given-one labelled Assertion (A) and the other labelled Reason
(R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes(a), (b), (c) and (d) as
given below.

39
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c) A is true but R is false.
d) A is false and R is true.
e) Both A and R are false.

Assertion (A): A relation R = {(a,b):|a−b| < 2}defined on the set A = {1,2,3,4,5} is

reflexive.

Reason(R): A relation R on the set A is said to be reflexive if for (a,b) ∈R and(b,c)∈R,

we have (a,c)∈R.

Case Study Questions:

EE TE
1.

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

Two men on either side of a temple of 30 meters high observe its top at the angles of
elevation α and β respectively, (as shown in the figure above). The distance between
the two men is 40√3 meters and the distance between the first person A and the temple
2

is 30√3 meters. Based on the above information answer the following :

K

40
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

41
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

2. The Government of India is planning to fix a hoarding board at the face of a building
on the road of a busy market for awareness on COVID-19 protocol. Ram, Robert and
Rahim are the three engineers who are working on this project. "A" is considered to be

EE TE
a person viewing the hoarding board 20 metres away from the building, standing at the
edge of a pathway nearby. Ram, Robert and Rahim suggested to the firm to place the
hoarding board at three different locations namely C, D and E. "C" is at the height of 10

/N U
metres from the ground level.

T
T
For the viewer A, the angle of elevation of "D" is double the angle of elevation of "C".
The angle of elevation of "E" is triple the angle of elevation of "C" for the same viewer.
EE TI
Look at the figure given and based on the above information answer the following :
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

42
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

43
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

Case Study Answers:

EE TE
1.

(i) (b)
/N U
T
Solution:
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

(ii) (c)

Solution:

44
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

EE TE
/N U
T
(iii) (d)
T
Solution:
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

(iv) (c)

Solution:

45
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S

(v) (c)
IIT IN

Solution:
2
K

2.

46
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

(i) (b)

Solution:

EE TE
(ii) (c)

Solution:

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

(iii) (d)
2

Solution:
K

(iv) (b)

Solution:

47
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

(v) (c)

Solution:

EE TE
Answer Key-

/N U
Multiple Choice questions-

T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

Very Short Answer:

1. Solution:

48
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

2. Solution:

3. Solution:

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S

4. Solution:
IIT IN
2
K

5. Solution:

6. Solution:
49
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

7. Solution:

8. Solution:

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
9. Solution:
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

10. Solution:

50
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

Short Answer:
1. Solution:

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S

2. Solution:
IIT IN
2
K

51
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

3. Solution:

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S

= R.H.S
IIT IN

4. Solution:
2
K

⇒ 2x2 - 8x + 8 = 0

⇒ x2 - 4x + 4 = 0

⇒ (x - 2)2 = 0.

Hence, x = 2.

52
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

5. Solution:

2 tan-1(sinx) = tan-1 (2 secx)

⇒ tan -1 (2sec x tan x) = tan-1 (2sec x)

⇒ 2 sec x tan x = 2 sec x

EE TE
tan x = 1 [∵ sec x ≠ 0 ]
π
Hence, x=
2

/N U
T
6. Solution: T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

7. Solution:

Put x = cos θ in RHS

As 1/2 ≤ x ≤ 1

RHS = cos-1 (4cos3 θ - 3cos θ),

= cos-1 (cos 3θ) = 3θ = 3cos-1 x = L.H.S

Long Answer:
1. Solution:

53
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

EE TE
2. Solution:
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

3. Solution:

54
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

EE TE
/N U
T
4. Solution:
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

55
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
02

Assertion and Reason Answers:

1. (d) A is false and R is true.

Solution :
Given R = {(1,1),(1,3),(3,1),(3,3),(3,5)}

We know that Relation 'R' is reflexive on set A if ∀a∈A,(a,a)∈R

Here set A={1,3,5}

(1,1)∈R,(3,3)∈R

EE TE
but (5,5)∉R

∴R is not reflexive

/N U
T
∴ Assertion A is false By definition of transition Relation, It is clear that given Reason R is
T
true. Hence option (d) is the correct answer.
EE TI
2. (c) A is true but R is false.

Solution:
-J S
IIT IN

Given R={(a,b):|a−b|<2}

= {(1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3), (4, 4), (5, 5), (1, 2), (2, 1), (2, 3), (3, 2), (3, 4). (4, 3), (4, 5), (5, 4)}.
2

Here (1,1)∈R, (2,2)∈R, (3,3)∈R, (4,4)∈R, (5,5)∈R

K

⇒ Relation R is reflexive on set A = {1,2,3,4,5}

∴ Assertion A is true We know that relation R is reflexive if (a,a) ∈R ∀ a ∈A

∴ Given Reason R is false Hence option (c) is the correct answer.

56
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 Chapter 1: Matrices

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

57
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

MATRICES

Top Terms

1. A matrix is an ordered rectangular array of numbers (real or complex) or functions or

names or any type of data. The numbers or functions are called the elements or the
entries of the matrix.

2. The horizontal lines of elements constitute the rows of the matrix and the vertical lines

EE TE
of elements constitute the columns of the matrix.

3. Each number or entity in a matrix is called its element.

/N U
T
4. If a matrix contains m rows and n columns, then it is said to be a matrix of the order m ×
T
n (read as m by n).
EE TI
5. The total number of elements in a matrix is equal to the product of its number of rows
and number of columns.
-J S

6. A matrix is said to be a column matrix if it has only one column.

IIT IN

7. A = [aij]m × 1 matrix is said to be a row matrix if it has only one row.

8. A matrix is said to be a row matrix if it has only one row.

2
K

9. B = [bij]1 × n is row matrix of order 1 × n.

10. Rectangular matrix: A matrix in which the number of rows is not equal to the number of
columns is called a rectangular matrix.

11. A matrix each of whose elements is zero is called a zero matrix or null matrix.

12. A matrix in which the number of rows is equal to the number of columns is said to be a
square matrix. A matrix of order ‘m × n’ is said to be a square matrix if m = n and is known
as a square matrix of order ‘n’.

13. A square matrix which has every non—diagonal element as zero is called a diagonal
matrix.

14. A square matrix A = [aij]m × m is said to be a diagonal matrix if all its non-diagonal elements
are zero, i.e., a matrix A = [aij]m × m is said to be a diagonal matrix if aij = 0 when i ≠ j.

58
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

15. A square matrix in which the elements in the diagonal are all 1 and the rest are all zero is

called an identity matrix. A square matrix A = [aij]n × n is an matrix if

17. Upper triangular matrix: A square matrix A = [aij] is called an upper triangular matrix if aij
= 0 for all i > j. In an upper triangular matrix, all elements below the main diagonal are
zero.

18. Lower triangular matrix: A square matrix A = [a„] is called a lower triangular matrix if aij

EE TE
= 0 for all i < j. In a lower triangular matrix, all elements above the main diagonal are zero.

19. Two matrices are said to be equal if they are of the same order and have the same

/N U
corresponding elements.

T
T
20. Two matrices A = [aij] and B = [bij] are said to be equal if they are of the same order. Each
element of A is equal to the corresponding element of B, that is aij = bij for all i and j.
EE TI
21. If A is a matrix, then its transpose is obtained by interchanging its rows and columns.
-J S

Transpose of a matrix A is denoted by At. If A = [aij] be an n × m matrix, then the matrix

obtained by interchanging the rows and columns of A is called the transpose of A.
IIT IN

Transpose of the matrix A is denoted by A’ or (AT). Theft is, (AT)ij = aji for all l = 1, 2, ... m;
j = 1, 2, ... n.
2

22. If A = [aij]nxn is an n × n matrix such that AT = A, then A is called a symmetric matrix. In a

K

symmetric matrix, aij = aji for all i and j.

23. If A = [aij]nxn is an n × n matrix such that AT = -A, then A is called a skew-symmetric matrix.
In a skew-symmetric matrix, aij = aji.

24. All main diagonal elements of a skew-symmetric matrix are zero.

25. Every square matrix can be expressed as the sum of a symmetric and a skew-symmetric
matrix.

26. All positive integral powers of a symmetric matrix are symmetric.

27. All odd positive integral powers of a skew-symmetric matrix are skew-symmetric.

28. Let A and B be two square matrices of the order n such that AB = BA = I.

Then A is called the inverse of B and is denoted by B = A-1. If B is the inverse of A, then A
59
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

is also the inverse of B.

29. If A and B are two invertible matrices of the same order, then (AB)-1 = B-1 A-1.

Top Concepts

1. The order of a matrix gives the number of rows and columns present in the matrix.

2. If a matrix A has m rows and n columns, then it is denoted by A = [aij]m × n. Here aij is i-j
th or (i, j)th element of the matrix.

EE TE
3. The simplest classification of matrices is based on the order of the matrix.

4. In case of a square matrix, the collection of elements a11. a22 and so on constitute the
Principal Diagonal or simply the diagonal of the matrix.

/N U
T
5. The diagonal is defined only in the case of square matrices.
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

6. Two matrices of the same order are comparable matrices.

7. If A = [aij]m × n and B = = [bij]m × n are two matrices of the order m × n, then their sum is
defined as a matrix C = [cij]m × n where cij = aij + bij for 1 ≤ 𝑖𝑖 ≤ 𝑚𝑚, 1 ≤ 𝑗𝑗 ≤ 𝑛𝑛.

8. Two matrices can be added (or subtracted) if they are of the same order.

9. For multiplying two matrices A and B, the number of columns in A must be equal to the
number of rows in B.

10. If A = [aij]m × n is a matrix and k is a scalar, then kA is another matrix which is obtained by
multiplying each element of A by the scalar k.

Hence, kA = [kaij] m × n

11. If A = [aij]m × n and B = = [bij]m × n are are two matrices, then their difference is represented
60
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

as A – B = A + (-1)B.

12. Properties of matrix addition

● Matrix addition is commutative, i.e., A + B = B + A

● Matrix addition is associative, i.e. (A + B) + C = A + (B + C)

● Existence of additive identity: NuII matrix is the identity with respect to addition of
matrices.

Given a matrix A = [aij]m × n, there will be a corresponding null matrix O of the same order
such that A + O = O + A = A

EE TE
● The existence of additive inverse: Let A = [aij]m × n be any matrix, then there exists
another matrix -A = -[aij]m × n Such that

A + (-A) = (-A) + A = O.

/N U
T
13. Cancellation law: If A, B and C are three matrices of the same order, then
T
EE TI
-J S

14. Properties of scalar multiplication of matrices

IIT IN

If A = [aij], B = [bij] are two matrices, and k and L are real number, then

i. k(A + B) = kA + kB
2
K

ii. (k + l)A = kA + IA

iii. k(A + B) = k([aij]+[bij]) = k[aij] + k[bij] = kA + kB

iv. (k + L)A = (k + L) [aij] = [(k + L)aij] = k[aij] + L[aij] = kA + LA

15. If A = [aij]mxp, B = [bij]pxn are two matrices, then their product AB is given by C = [cij]mxn
such that

In order to multiply two matrices A and B, the number of columns in A = number of rows
in B.

16. Properties of Matrix Multiplication

61
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

Commutative law does not hold in matrices, whereas associative and distributive laws
hold for matrix multiplication.
i. In general, AB ≠ BA
ii. Matrix multiplication is associative A(BC) = (AB)C
iii. Distributive laws:
A(B + C) = AB + AC
(A + B)C = AC + BC
17.The multiplication of two non-zero matrices can result in a null matrix.
18.If A is a square matrix, then we define A1 = A and An+1 = An. A

EE TE
19. If A is a square matrix, a0, a1, a2, ..., an are constants, then a0An + a1An-1 + a2An-2 + ... + an-1A
+ an is called a matrix polynomial.

20.If A, B and C are matrices, then AB = AC, A ≠ 0 ⇒ B = C.

/N U
T
In general, the cancellation law is not applicable in matrix multiplication.
T
EE TI
21. Properties of transpose of matrices
i. If A is a matrix, then (AT )T = A
-J S

ii. (A + B)T = AT + BT
IIT IN

iii. (kB)T = kBT, where k is any constant.

22. If A and B are two matrices such that AB exists, then (AB)T = BT AT.
2

23. If A, B and C are two matrices such that AB exists, then (ABC)T = CT BT AT.
K

24. Every square matrix can be expressed as the sum of a symmetric and a skew-symmetric
1 1
matrix, i.e. A = (𝐴𝐴 + 𝐴𝐴𝑇𝑇 ) + (𝐴𝐴 − 𝐴𝐴𝑇𝑇 ) for any square matrix A.
2 2

25. A square matrix A is called an orthogonal matrix when AAT = ATA = I.

26. A null matrix is both symmetric and skew symmetric.

27. Multiplication of diagonal matrices of the same order will be commutative.

28. There are six elementary operations on matrices—three on rows and three on columns.
The first operation is interchanging the two rows, i.e., Ri ↔ Rj implies that the ith row is
interchanged with the jth row. The two rows are interchanged with one another and the
rest of the matrix remains the same.

29. The second operation on matrices is to multiply a row with a scalar or a real number,
62
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

i.e., Ri ↔ kRi that ith row of a matrix A is multiplied by k.

30. The third operation is the addition to the elements of any row, the corresponding
elements of any other row multiplied by any non-zero number, i.e., Ri → Ri + kRi k
multiples of the jth row elements are added to the ith row elements.

31. Column operation on matrices ar,

i. Interchanging the two columns: Cr ↔ Ck indicates that the rth column is interchanged
with the kth column.

ii. Multiply a column with a non-zero constant, i.e., Ci → kCi

iii. Addition of a scalar multiple of any column to another column, i.e. Ci → Cj + kCj

EE TE
32. Elementary operations help in transforming a square matrix to an identity matrix.

33. The inverse of a square matrix, if it exists, is unique.

/N U
T
34. The inverse of a matrix can be obtained by applying elementary row operations on the
T
matrix A = IA. In order to use column operations, write A = AI.
EE TI
35. Either of the two operations—row or column—can be applied. Both cannot be applied
-J S

simultaneously.
IIT IN

36. For any square matrix A with real number entries, A + A’ is a symmetric matrix and A —
A’ is a skew- symmetric matrix.
Laws of algebra are not applicable to matrices, i.e.
2

(A + B)2 ≠ A2 + 2AB + B2
K

and
(A + B) (A – B) ≠ A2 – B2

Top Formulae

1. An m × n matrix is a square matrix if m = n.

2. A = [aij] = [bij] = B if

(i) A and B are of the same order, (ii) aij = bij for all possible values of i and j.

3. kA = k[aij]m × n = [k(aij)]m × n

4. –A = (–1) A

63
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

5. A – B = A + (–1)B

6. If A = [aij]m × n and B = [bij]n × p, then AB = C = [cik]m × p,

7. Elementary operations of a matrix are as follows:

i. Ri ↔ Rj or Ci ↔ Cj

ii. Ri → kRi or Ci → kCi

EE TE
iii. Ri → Ri + kRj or Ci → Ci + kCj

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

64
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

65
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

Important Questions
Multiple Choice questions-
1. If A = [aij]m × n is a square matrix, if:

(a) m < n

(b) m > n

(c) m = n

(d) None of these.

EE TE
2. Which of the given values of x and y make the following pair of matrices equal:

/N U
T
T
1
(a) x = - , y = 7
EE TI
3

(b) Not possible to find

-J S

2
(c) y = 7, x = -
IIT IN

1 2
(d) x = - , y = -
3 3
2

3. The number of all possible matrices of order 3 × 3 with each entry 0 or 1 is

K

(a) 27

(b) 18

(c) 81

(d) 512.

Assume X, Y, Z, W and P are matrices of order 2 × n, 3 × 1, 2 × p, n × 3 and p × k

respectively. Now answer the following (4-5):

4. The restrictions on n, k and p so that PY + WY will be defined are

(a) k = 3, p = n

(b) k is arbitrary, p = 2

66
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

(c) p is arbitrary

(d) k = 2, p = 3.

5. If n =p, then the order of the matrix 7X - 5Z is:

(a) p × 2

(b) 2 × n

(c) n × 3

(d) p × n.

6. If A, B are symmetric matrices of same order, then AB – BA is a

EE TE
(a) Skew-symmetric matrix

/N U
(b) Symmetric matrix

T
(c) Zero matrix
T
EE TI
(d) Identity matrix.

7.
-J S
IIT IN
2

π
(a)
6
K

π
(b)
3

(c) π
3π
(d)
2

8. Matrices A and B will be inverse of each other only if:

(a) AB = BA

(b) AB – BA = O

(c) AB = O, BA = I

(d) AB = BA = I.

67
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

9.

(a) 1 + α² + ßγ = 0

(b) 1 – α² + ßγ = 0

(c) 1 – α² – ßγ = 0

(d) 1 + α² – ßγ = 0

10. If a matrix is both symmetric and skew- symmetric matrix, then:

EE TE
(a) A is a diagonal matrix

(b) A is a zero matrix

/N U
T
(c) A is a square matrix
T
EE TI
(d) None of these.

Very Short Questions:

-J S
IIT IN

1. If a matrix has 8 elements, what are the possible orders it can have.

2. Identity matrix of orders n is denoted by.

2

3. Define square matrix

K

4. The no. of all possible metrics of order 3 × 3 with each entry 0 or 1 is

5. Write (1) a33, a12 (ii) what is its order

6. Two matrices A = aij and B = bij are said to be equal if

7. Define Diagonal matrix.

8. Every diagonal element of a skew symmetric matrix is

9. If Find α
68
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

10.

Short Questions:
|i−j|
1. Write the element a23 of a 3 x 3 matrix A = [aij] whose elements atj are given by:
2

2. For what value of x is

EE TE
3. Find a matrix A such that 2A – 3B + 5C = 0,

/N U
T
T
EE TI
4.
-J S
IIT IN

5. Find the values of x, y, z and t, if:

2
K

6.

7.

8. If A and B are symmetric matrices, such that AB and BA are both defined, then prove
that AB – BA is a skew symmetric matrix. (A.I.C.B.S.E. 2019)

Long Questions:
1. Find the values of a, b, c and d from the following equation:
69
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

2.

3.

4.

EE TE
/N U
T
Assertion and Reason Questions:
T
EE TI
1. Two statements are given-one labelled Assertion (A) and the other labelled Reason
(R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes(a), (b), (c) and (d) as
-J S

given below.
IIT IN

a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c) A is true but R is false.
2

d) A is false and R is true.

e) Both A and R are false.
K

Assertion(A): �10 0
1
� is an identity matrix.

2. Two statements are given-one labelled Assertion (A) and the other labelled Reason
(R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes(a), (b), (c) and (d) as
given below.

a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c) A is true but R is false.
d) A is false and R is true.
e) Both A and R are false.
70
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

1
Assertion (A): Matrix �5� is a column matrix.
2
Reason(R): A matrix of order m × 1 is called a column matrix.

Case Study Questions:

1. Three shopkeepers A, B and C go to a store to buy stationary. A purchase 12 dozen
notebooks, 5 dozen pens and 6 dozen pencils. B purchases 10 dozen notebooks, 6 dozen
pens and 7 dozen pencils. C purchases 11 dozen notebooks, 13 dozen pens and 8 dozen
pencils. A notebook costs ₹ 40, a pen costs ₹ 12 and a pencil costs ₹ 3.

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

Based on the above information, answer the following questions.

(i) The number of items purchased by shopkeepers A, B and C represented in matrix

form as:

71
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

(ii) If Y represents the matrix formed by the cost of each item, then XY equals.
2
K

72
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
(iii) Bill of A is equal to:
-J S

a. ₹ 6740
IIT IN

b. ₹ 8140

c. ₹ 5740
2

d. ₹ 6696
K

(iv) If A2 = A, then (A + 1)3 - 7A =

a. A

b. A - I

c. I

d. A + I

(v)If A and B are 3 × 3 matrices such that A2 - B2 = (A - B) (A+ B), then

a. Either A or B is zero matrix.

b. Either A or B is unit matrix.

73
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

c. A = B

d. AB = BA

2. Consider 2 families A and B. Suppose there are 4 men,4 women and 4 children in
family A and 2 men, 2 women and 2 children in family B. The recommend daily amount
of calories is 2400 for a man, 1900 for a woman, 1800 for a children and 45 grams of
proteins for a man, 55 grams for a woman and 33 grams for children.

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
Based on the above information, answer the following questions.
-J S

(i) The requirement of calories and proteins for each person in matrix form can be
represented as:
IIT IN
2
K

74
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

(ii) Requirement of calories of family A is:

a. 24000
2

b. 24400
K

c. 15000
d. 15800

(iii) Requirement of proteins for family B is:

a. 560 grams
b. 332 grams
c. 266 grams
d. 300 grams

(iv) If A and Bare two matrices such that AB = B and BA = A, then A2 + B2 equals.

a. 2AB
b. 2BA
c. A+B
d. AB

75
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

a. m=q
b. n=q
c. p=q
d. m=p

Answer Key-
Multiple Choice questions-
1. Answer: (c) m = n

EE TE
2. Answer: (b) Not possible to find

3. Answer: (d) 512.

/N U
T
4. Answer: (a) k = 3, p = n
T
5. Answer: (b) 2 × n
EE TI
6. Answer: (a) Skew-symmetric matrix
-J S

π
7. Answer: (a)
IIT IN

8. Answer: (d) AB = BA = I.
2

9. Answer: (c) 1 – α² – ßγ = 0
K

10. Answer: (b) A is a zero matrix

Very Short Answer:

1. Solution:

2. Solution: ln

3. Solution: A matrix in which the no. of rows are equal to no. of columns i.e. m = n

4. Solution: 512=29

5. Solution:

(i) a33 = 9, a12 = 4

76
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

(ii) 3 × 3

6. Solution: They are of the same order.

7. Solution: A square matrix in which every non – diagonal element is zero is called
diagonal matrix.

8. Solution: Zero.

9. Solution:

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

10. S
olution:

Short Answer:
1. Solution:

77
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

2. Solution:

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

3. Solution:

Here, 2A - 3B + 5C = 0

⇒ 2A = 3B - 5C

78
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

EE TE
4. Solution:

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

5. Solution:
2
K

We have:

⇒ 2x + 3 = 9 …………. (1)

2z – 3 = 15 …………. (2)

2y = 12 …………. (3)

79
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

2t + 6 = 18 …………. (4)

From (1), ⇒ 2x = 9 – 3

⇒ 2x = 6

⇒ x = 3.

From (3) 2y = 12

⇒ y = 6.

From (2), ⇒ 2z – 3 = 15

⇒ 2z = 18

EE TE
⇒ z = 9.

/N U
From (4), 2t + 6 = 18

T
⇒ 2t = 12
T
EE TI
⇒ t = 6.

Hence, x = 3, y = 6, z = 9 and t = 6.
-J S
IIT IN

6. Solution:
2
K

80
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

7. Solution:
2
K

81
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

⇒ 8 = 15 + k and 3 = 10 + k

⇒ k = -1 and k = -7.

Hence, k – (-7).

EE TE
8. Solution:

Since A and B are symmetric matrices,

/N U
∴ A’ = A and B’ = B …(1)

T
T
Now, (AB – BA)’= (AB)’ – (BA)’
EE TI
= B’A’ – A’B’
-J S

= BA – AB [Using (1)]
IIT IN

= – (AB – BA).

Hence, AB – BA is a skew-symmetric matrix.

2

Long Answer:
K

1. Solution:

We have

Comparing the corresponding elements of two given matrices, we get:

2a + b = 4 …(1)

a-2b = – 3 …(2)

5c-d = 11 …(3)

82
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

4c + 3d = 24 …(4)

Solving (1) and (2):

From (1),

b = 4 – 2a …(5)

Putting in (2), a – 2 (4 – 2a) = – 3

⇒ a – 8 + 4a = -3

⇒ 5a = 5

⇒ a = 1.

EE TE
Putting in (5),

/N U
b = 4 – 2(1) = 4 – 2 = 2.

T
Solving (3) and (4):
T
EE TI
From (3),

d = 5c- 11 …(6)
-J S

Putting in (4),
IIT IN

4c+ 3 (5c- 11) = 24

2

⇒ 4c + 15c – 33 = 24
K

⇒ 19c = 57

⇒ c = 3.

Putting in (6),

d = 5 (3) – 11 = 15 – 11 = 4.

Hence, a = 1, b = 2, c = 3 and d = 4.

2. Solution:

83
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

EE TE
Comparing:

9 = a11 + 1 – 1 = a12 + 2,

/N U
T
4 = 113 – 1, -2 = a21
T
1 = a22 + 4, and 3 = a23 + 9
EE TI
a11 = 8, a12 = – 3,
-J S

a13 = 5, a21 = -2
IIT IN

a22 = – 3, and a23 = – 6.

2
K

3. Solution:

84
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S

Comparing:
IIT IN

8 + c11 = 0 ⇒ c11 = -8,

4 + C12 = 0 ⇒ C12 = -4,

2

– 2 + C21 = 0 ⇒ C21 = 2
K

4 + C22 = 0 ⇒ C22 =- 4,

4 + c31 = 0 ⇒ C31 = -4

and 4 + c32 = 0 ⇒ C32 = -4.

4. Solution:

We have: 2A + 3X = 5B

85
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

⇒ 2A + 3X-2A = 5B-2A

⇒ 2A-2A + 3X = 5B-2A

⇒ (2A – 2A) + 3X = 5B – 2A

⇒ O + 3X = 5B – 2A

[ ∵ – 2A is the inverse of2A]

⇒ 3X = 5B – 2A.

[ ∵ O is the additive identity]

1

EE TE
Hence, X = (5B – 2A)
3

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

Assertion and Reason Answers:

1. (d) A is false and R is true.
Solution:

∴ Given Assertion [A] is false We know that for identity matrix aij = 1, ifi = j and aij = 0, ifi ≠ j
∴ Given Reason (R) is true Hence option (d) is the correct answer.
2. a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Solution:

86
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

We know that order of column matrix is always m × 1

⇒ Assertion (A) is true Also Reason (R) is true and is correct explanation of A. Hence
option (a) is the correct answer.

Case Study Answers:

1. Answer :

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

87
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S

iii. (d) ₹ 6696

IIT IN

Solution:

Bill of A is ₹ 6696.
2

iv. (c) I
K

Solution:

(A + I)2 = A2 + 2A + I = 3A + I

⇒ (A + 1)3 = (3A + I) (A + I)

= 3A2 + 4A + I = 7A + I

∴∴ (A + I)3 - 7A = I

v. (d) AB = BA

Solution:

A2 - B2 = (A - B) (A + B) = A2 + AB - BA - B2

88
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

∴∴ AB = BA

2. Answer :

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

89
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 MATRICES
03

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

90
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 Chapter 4: Determinants

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

91
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

DETERMINANTS

Top Definitions

1. To every square matrix A = [aij], a unique number (real or complex) called the determinant
of the square matrix A can be associated. The determinant of matrix A is denoted by det(A)
or |A| or ∆.

2. Only square matrices can have determinants.

EE TE
3. A determinant can be thought of as a function which associates each square matrix to a
unique number (real or complex).

/N U
T
f : M → K is defined by f(A) = k, where A ∈ M set of square matrices and k ∈ K set of numbers
T
(real or complex).
EE TI
4. Let A = [a] be a matrix of order 1, then the determinant of A is defined to be equal to a.
-J S

5. Determinant of order 2
IIT IN
2
K

8. Cofactor of an element aij denoted by Aij is defined by

Aij = (-1)i+j Mij, where Mij is the minor of aij.

9. The adjoint of a square matrix A = [aij] is the transpose of the cofactor matrix [Aij]n×n-

10.A square matrix A is said to be singular if |A| = 0.

92
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

11.A square matrix A is said to be non-singular if |A| ≠ 0.

12.If A and B are non-singular matrices of the same order, then AB and BA are also non-
singular matrices of the same order.

13.The determinant of the product of the matrices is equal to the product of the respective
determinants, i.e., |AB| = |A||B|, where A and B are square matrices of the same order.

14.A square matrix A is invertible, i.e., its inverse exists if and only if A is a non-singular matrix.
Inverse of matrix A (if it exists) is given by

EE TE
16.A system of equations is said to be inconsistent if its solution does not exist.

/N U
T
Notations to evaluate determinants:
T
i. Ri to denote the ith row.
EE TI
ii. Ri ↔ Rj to denote the interchange of the ith and jth rows.
-J S

iii. Ri ↔ Rj + λRj to denote the addition of λ times the elements of the jth row to the
IIT IN

corresponding elements of the ith row.

iv. Ri (λ) to denote the multiplication of all elements of the ith row by λ.
2

v. Similar notations are used to denote column operations.

K

Top Concepts

1. A determinant can be expanded along any of its rows (or columns). For easier calculations,
it must be expanded along the row (or column) containing maximum zeroes.

2. Property 1: Value of the determinant remains unchanged if its rows and columns are
interchanged. If A is a square matrix, then det(A) = det(A’), where A’ = transpose of A.

3. Property 2: If any two rows (or columns) of a determinant are identical, then the value of
the determinant is zero.

4. Property 3: If A = [aij] is a square matrix of order n and B is the matrix obtained from A by
multiplying each element of a row (or column) of A by a constant k, then its value gets
multiplied by k. If ∆1 is the determinant obtained by applying Ri → kRi or Ci → kCi to the
determinant ∆, then ∆1 = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘. Thus, |B| = k|A|. This property enables removing the
93
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

common factors from a given row or column.

5. If A is a square matrix of order n and k is a scalar, then |kA| = kn |A|.

6. Property 4: If in a determinant, the elements in two rows or columns are proportional,

then the value of the determinant is zero.

7. Property 5: If the elements of a row (or column) of a determinant are expressed as the
sum of two terms, then the determinant can be expressed as the sum of the two
determinants.

EE TE
8. Property 6: If to any row or column of a determinant, a multiple of another row or column
is added, then the value of the determinant remains the same, i.e., the value of the

/N U
determinant remains the same on applying the operation Ri → Ri + kRj or Ci → Ci + kCj.

T
T
9. Property 7: If any two rows (columns) of a determinant are interchanged, then the value
of the determinant changes by a minus sign only.
EE TI
10.Let A be a square matrix of order n(12) such that each element in a row (column) of A is
-J S

zero, then |A|= 0.

IIT IN

11.If A - [aij] is a diagonal matrix of order n(≥2) , then |A|a11.a22 a33 ... ann.

12.If A and B are square matrices of the same order, then |AB| = |A|.|B|
2

13.If more than one operation such as Ri → Ri + kRj is done in one step, care should be taken
K

to see that a row which is affected in one operation should not be used in another
operation. A similar remark applies to column operations.

14.Because area is a positive quantity, the absolute value of the determinant is taken in case
of finding the area of a triangle.

15.If the area is given, then both positive and negative values of the determinant are used for
calculation.

16.The area of a triangle formed by three collinear points is zero.

17.If A is a skew-symmetric matrix of odd order, then |A| = 0.

18.The determinant of a skew symmetric matrix of even order is a perfect square.

19.The minor of an element of a determinant of order n(n ≥ 2) is a determinant of order n-1.

94
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

20.The value of determinant of a matrix A is obtained by the sum of the product of the
elements of a row (or column) with its corresponding cofactors. Example: |A| = a11A11 +
a12A12 + a13 + A13.

21.If elements of a row (or column) are multiplied with cofactors of any other row (or column),
then their sum is zero.

22.Adjoint of a matrix: The adjoint of a square matrix A [aij]n × n is defined as the transpose of
the matrix [Aij] n × n, where Aij is the cofactor of the element aij. Adjoint of the matrix A is
denoted by adj A.

23.If A is any given square matrix of order n, then A (adj A) = (adj A) A = |A| I, where I is the

EE TE
identity matrix of order n.

24.A square matrix A is said to be singular if |A| = 0.

/N U
T
25.A square matrix is invertible if and only if A is a non-singular matrix.
T
26.The adjoint of a symmetric matrix is also a symmetric matrix.
EE TI
27.If A is a non-singular matrix of order n, then |adj.A| = |A|n-1.
-J S

28.If A and B are non-singular matrices of the same order, then AB and BA are also non-
IIT IN

singular matrices of the same order.

29.If A is a non-singular square matrix, then adj(adj A) = |A|n-2 A .

2

30.Determinants can be used to find the area of triangles whose vertices are given.
K

31.Determinants and matrices can also be used to solve the system of linear equations in two
or three variables.

32.System of equations,

Then matrix X = A-1 B gives the unique solution of the system of equations if |A| is non-
zero and A-1 exists.

95
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

Top Formulae

1. Area of a triangle with vertices (x1, y1), (x2, y2) and (x3, y3)

2. Determinant of a matrix A = [aij]1 × 1 is given by |a11|= a11

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
4. Cofactor of aij is Aij = (-1)i+j. Mi.
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

6. If A and B are the square matrices of the same order, then |AB| = |A| |B|.

8. If A and B are non-singular matrices of the same order, then

adj(AB) = (adj B)(adj A) .

9. If A is an invertible square matrix, then adj AT-(adj A)T.

10.Let A, B and C be square matrices of the same order n. If A is a non-singular matrix, then

96
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

11.If A and B are two invertible matrices of the same order, then (AB)-1 =B-1A-1

12.If A, B and C are invertible matrices of the same order, then (ABC)-1 = C-1B-1A-1

13.If A is an invertible square matrix, then AT is also invertible and (AT)-1 = (A-1)T

14.The inverse of an invertible symmetric matrix is a symmetric matrix.

15.If A is a non-singular matrix of order n, then adj (adj A) = |A|(n-2)A

17.Cramer’s rule (system of two simultaneous equations with two unknowns): The solution of

EE TE
the system of simultaneous linear equations,

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S

18.Cramer's rule (system of three simultaneous equations with three unknowns): The solution
IIT IN

of the system of simultaneous linear equations,

2
K

19.For a system of two simultaneous linear equations with two unknowns:

i. If D ≠ 0, then the given system of equations is consistent and has a unique solution, given
by

ii. If D = 0 and D1 = D2 = 0, then the system is consistent and has infinitely many solutions.
iii. If D = 0 and one of D1 and D2 is non-zero, then the system is inconsistent.
97
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

20.For a system of three simultaneous linear equations in three unknowns:

i. If D ≠ 0, then the given system of equations is consistent and has a unique solution given
by

ii. If D = 0 and D1 = D2 = D3 = 0, then the system is consistent and has infinitely many
solutions.

21.Unique solution of equation AX = B is given by X = A-1B, where |A| ≠ 0.

22.For a square matrix A in matrix equation AX = B,

EE TE
i. If |A| ≠ 0, then there exists a unique solution.
ii. If |A| = 0 and (adj A) B ≠ 0, then there exists no solution.
iii. If |A| = 0 and (adj A) B = 0, then the system may or may not be consistent.

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

98
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

99
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

Important Questions
Multiple Choice questions-
1. If , then x is equal to

(a) 6

(b) ±6

(c) -6

(d) 6, 6

EE TE
2. Let A be a square matrix of order 3 × 3. Then |kA| is equal to

(a) k |A|

/N U
T
(b) k²|A|
T
(c) k³|A|
EE TI
(d) 3k|A|
-J S

3. Which of the following is correct?

IIT IN

(a) Determinant is a square matrix

(b) Determinant is a number associated to a matrix

2
K

(c) Determinant is a number associated to a square matrix

(d) None of these.

4. If area of triangle is 35 sq. units with vertices (2, -6), (5, 4) and (k, 4). Then k is

(a) 12

(b) -2

(c) -12, -2

(d) 12, -2.

5. If and Aij is co-factors of aij, then A is given by

100
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

(a) a11A31 + a12A32 + a13A33

(b) a11A11 + a12A21 + a13A33

(c) a21A11 + a22A12 + a23A13

(d) a11A11 + a21A21 + a31A31

6. Let A be a non-singular matrix of order 3 × 3. Then |adj. A| is equal to

(a) |A|

(b) |A|²

(c) |A|³

EE TE
(d) 3|A|

/N U
7. If A is any square matrix of order 3 x 3 such that |a| = 3, then the value of |adj. A| is?

T
(a) 3
T
EE TI
1
(b)
3
-J S

(c) 9
IIT IN

(d) 27

8. If A is an invertible matrix of order 2, then det (A-1) is equal to

2

(a) det (A)

K

1
(b)
det (A)

(c) 1

(d) 0

9. If a, b, c are in A.P., then determinant

(a) 0

(b) 1
101
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

(c) x

(d) 2x

10. If x, y, z are non-zero real numbers, then the inverse of matrix A =

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S

Very Short Questions:

IIT IN

1. Find the co-factor of the element a23 of the determinant:

2
K

1
2. If A and B are invertible matrices of order 3, |A| = 2 and |(AB)-1| = − Find |B|.
6
(C.B.S.E. Sample Paper 2018-19)

3. Check whether (l + m + n) is a factor of the determinant or

not. Given reason. (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper 2020)

4. If A is a square matrix of order 3, with |A| = 9, then write the value of |2 . adj. A|.
(A.I.C.B.S.E. 2019)

5. If A and B are square matrices of the same order 3, such that |A| = 2 and AB = 2I,

102
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

write the value of IBI. (C.B.S.E. 2019)

6. A is a square matrix with |A| = 4. Then find the value of |A. (adj. A) |. (A.I.C.B.S.E.
2019)

7. If Δ = , write:

(i) the minor of the element a23 (C.B.S.E. 2012)

(ii) the co-factor of the element a32. (C.B.S.E. 2012)

8. Find the adjoint of the matrix A = (A.I.C.B.S.E. 2010)

EE TE
9. Given A = compute A-1 and show that 2A-1 = 9I – A. (C.B.S.E. 2018)

10.
/N U F

T
T
or what value of ‘x’, the matrix is singular? (C.B.S.E. 2011)
EE TI
Long Questions:
-J S

1. Using properties of determinants, prove the following:

IIT IN
2
K

2. If f(x) = ,using properties of determinants, find the value (C.B.S.E.

2015)

3. Using properties of determinants, prove that:

4. Using properties of determinants, prove that:

103
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

Assertion and Reason Questions-

1. Two statements are given-one labelled Assertion (A) and the other labelled Reason (R).
Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes(a), (b), (c) and (d) as given
below.

a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.

EE TE
c) A is true but R is false.
d) A is false and R is true.
e) Both A and R are false.

/N U
T
T
Assertion(A): Minor of element 6 in the matrix is 3.
EE TI
Reason (R): Minor of an element aij of a matrix is the determinant obtained by deleting its ith
-J S

row.
IIT IN

2. Two statements are given-one labelled Assertion (A) and the other labelled Reason (R).
Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes(a), (b), (c) and (d) as given
2

below.
K

a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c) A is true but R is false.
d) A is false and R is true.
e) Both A and R are false.

Assertion (A): For two matrices A and B of order 3, |A|=3, |B|=−4, then |2AB| is −96.
Reason(R): For a matrix A of order n and a scalar k, |kA|=kn|A|.

Case Study Questions-

1. Raja purchases 3 pens, 2 pencils and 1 mathematics instrument box and pays ₹41 to
the shopkeeper. His friends, Daya and Anil purchases 2 pens, 1 pencil, 2 instrument
boxes and 2 pens, 2 pencils and 2 mathematical instrument boxes respectively. Daya
and Anil pays ₹29 and ₹44 respectively. Based on the above information answer the
104
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

following:

(i) The cost of one pen is:

a) ₹2

b) ₹5

c) ₹10

d) ₹15

(ii) T
he cost of one pen and one pencil is:

EE TE
a) ₹ 5

b) ₹10

/N U
T
c) ₹15
T
d) ₹17
EE TI
(iii) The cost of one pen and one mathematical instrument box is:
-J S

a) ₹ 7
IIT IN

b) ₹10

c) ₹15
2

d) ₹18
K

(iv) The cost of one pencil and one mathematical instrumental box is:

a) ₹ 5

b) ₹10

c) ₹15

d) ₹20

(v)The cost of one pen, one pencil and one mathematical instrumental box is:

a) ₹ 10

b) ₹15

105
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

c) ₹22

d) ₹25

2. The management committee of a residential colony decided to award some of its

members (say x) for honesty, some (sayy) for helping others and some others (sayz) for
supervising the workers to kept the colony neat and clean. The sum of all the awardees
is 12. Three times the sum of awardees for cooperation and supervision added to two
times the number of awardees for honesty is 33. The sum of the number of awardees for
honesty and supervision is twice the number of awardees for helping.

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

(i) Value of x + y + z is

(a) 3
2
K

(b) 5

(c) 7

(d) 12

(ii) Value of x − 2 y is

(a) z

(b) -z

(c) 2z

(d) -2z

(iii) The value of z is

106
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

(a) 3

(b) 4

(c) 5

(d) 6

(iv) The value of x + 2 y is

(a) 9

(b) 10

(c) 11

EE TE
(d) 12

/N U
(v) The value of 2x + 3y + 5z is

T
(a) 40
T
EE TI
(b) 43

(c) 50
-J S

(d) 53
IIT IN

Answer Key-
Multiple Choice questions-
2
K

1. Answer: (a) 6

2. Answer: (c) k³|A|

3. Answer: (c) Determinant is a number associated to a square matrix

4. Answer: (d) 12, -2.

5. Answer: (d) a11A11 + a21A21 + a31A31

6. Answer: (b) |A|²

7. Answer: (c) 9
1
8. Answer: (b)
det(A)

9. Answer: (a) 0
107
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

10. Answer:

Very Short Answer:

1. Solution:

Co-factor of a23 = (-1)2 + 3

= (-1)5 (5 x 2 – 1 x 3)

= (-1) (10-3)

= (-1) (7) = -7.

EE TE
2. Solution:

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

Hence |B| = 3
2

3. Solution:
K

Given

Hence, (l + m + n) is a factor of given determinant.

4. Solution:

108
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

| 2 – adj. A| = 23 | A |3-1

= 8(9)2

= 648.

5. Solution:

We have: AB = 2I

∴ |AB| = |2I|

⇒ |A||B| = |2I|

⇒ 2|B|= 2(1).

EE TE
Hence, |B| = 1.

/N U
6. Solution:

T
|A. (adj. A) | = |A|n
T
EE TI
= 4n or 16 or 64.

7. Solution:
-J S

(i) a23 =
IIT IN

= (5) (2) – (1) (3)

2

= 10 – 3 = 7.
K

(ii) a32 = (-1)3+2

= (-1)5 [(5) (1) – (2) (8)]

= (-1)5 (5 – 16)

= (- 1) (- 11) = 11.

8. Solution:

Now A11 = Co-factor of 2 = 3,

A12 = Co-factor of – 1 = – 4,
109
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

A21 = Co-factor of 4 = 1

and A22 = Co-factor of 3 = 2

9. Solution:

EE TE
/N U
= (2) (7) – (-4) (-3)

T
= 14 – 12 = 2 ≠ 0.
T
EE TI
∴ A-1 exists and
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

10. S
olution:
110
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

⇒ 4(5 -x) – 2 (x + 1) = 0

⇒ 20 – 4x – 2x – 2 = 0

⇒ 18 – 6x = 0

⇒ 6x = 18.

EE TE
Hence, x = 3.

Long Answer:

/N U
T
1. Solution:
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

2. Solution:

We have

111
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

3. Solution:

112
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

EE TE
(0 + 9yz) + 3x(3 z + 9yz + 3y)

/N U
T
= 9(3xyz + xy + yz + zx) = RHS
T
4. Solution:
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

113
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

EE TE
Case Study Answers-
/N U
T
T
1.
EE TI
(i) (a) ₹ 2
-J S

(ii) (d) ₹ 17
IIT IN

(iii) (a) ₹ 7

(iv) (d) ₹20

2

(v) (c) ₹22

K

2.

(i) (d) 12

(ii) (b)-z

(iii) (c)5

(iv) (c) 11

(v) (b)43

Assertion and Reason Answers-

1. (e) Both A and R are false.

114
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DETERMINANTS
04

Solution:

∴ Given Assertion [A] is false Also we know that minor of an element aij of a matrix is the
determinant obtained by deleting its ith row and jth column.

∴ Given Reason (R) is also false

∴ Both Assertion [A] and Reason [R] are false Hence option (e) is the correct Answer.
2. (b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.

EE TE
Solution:
Here,

/N U
T
|2AB|=23|AB|=8|A||B| T
=8×3×−4=−96
EE TI
∴ Assertion [A] is true
{∵|kA|=kn|A|and|AB|=|A||B|}
-J S

Also we know that |kA|=kn|A|

IIT IN

for matrix A of order n.

∴ Reason (R) is true But |AB|=|A||B|is not mentioned in Reason R.
2

∴ Both A and R are true but R is not correct explanation of A Hence option (b) is the
K

correct answer.

115
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 Chapter 5: Continuity and Differentiability

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

116
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY

Top Definitions

1. A function f(x) is said to be continuous at a point c if.

EE TE
3. If f and g are real-valued functions such that (f o g) is defined at c, then
(f g)(x) - f(g(x)).

/N U
If g is continuous at c and if f is continuous at g(c), then (f o g) is continuous at c.

T
T
4. A function f is differentiable at a point c if Left Hand Derivative (LHD) = Right Hand Derivative
EE TI
(RHD),
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

7. Geometrical meaning of differentiability:

The function f(x) is differentiable at a point P if there exists a unique tangent at point P. In
other words, f(x) is differentiable at a point P if the curve does not have P as its corner point.

8. A function is said to be differentiable in an interval (a, b) if it is differentiable at every point

of (a, b).

9. A function is said to be differentiable in an interval [a, b] if it is differentiable at every point

of [a, b].

10.Chain Rule of Differentiation: If f is a composite function of two functions u and v such that

117
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

f = v(t) and

11.Logarithm of a to the base b is x, i.e., logba = x if bx = a, where b > 1 is a real number.

Logarithm of a to base b is denoted by logba.

12.Functions of the form x = f(t) and y = g(t) are parametric functions.

13.Rolle’s Theorem: If f : [a, b] → R is continuous on [a, b] and differentiable on (a, b) such that
f(a) = f(b), then there exists some c in (a, b) such that f’(c) = 0.

EE TE
/N U
T
Top Concepts
T
EE TI
1. A function is continuous at x = c if the function is defined at x = c and the value of the function
at x = c equals the limit of the function at x = c.
-J S

2. If function f is not continuous at c, then f is discontinuous at c and c is called the point of

IIT IN

discontinuity of f.

3. Every polynomial function is continuous.

2
K

4. The greatest integer function [x] is not continuous at the integral values of x.

5. Every rational function is continuous.

Algebra of continuous functions:

i. Let f and g be two real functions continuous at a real number c, then f + g is continuous
at x = c.
ii. f - g is continuous at x = c.
iii. f . g is continuous at x = c.
𝑓𝑓
iv. � � is continuous at x = c, [provided g(c) ≠ 0].
𝑔𝑔

v. kf is continuous at x = c, where k is a constant.

6. Consider the following functions:

118
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

i. Constant function
ii. Identity function
iii. Polynomial function
iv. Modulus function
v. Exponential function
vi. Sine and cosine functions
The above functions are continuous everywhere.

7. Consider the following functions:

i. Logarithmic function

EE TE
ii. Rational function
iii. Tangent, cotangent, secant and cosecant functions

/N U
The above functions are continuous in their domains.

T
T 1
8. If f is a continuous function, then |f| and are continuous in their domains.
EE TI
𝑓𝑓

9. Inverse functions sin-1x, cos-1x, tan-1x, cot-1 x, cosec-1 x and sec-1x are continuous functions
-J S

on their respective domains.

IIT IN
2

11. If a function f is differentiable at a point c, then it is also continuous at that point.

K

12. Every differentiable function is continuous, but the converse is not true.

13. Every polynomial function is differentiable at each x ∈ R .

14. Every constant function is differentiable at each x ∈ R .

15. The chain rule is used to differentiate composites of functions.

16. The derivative of an even function is an odd function and that of an odd function is an even
function.

17. Algebra of Derivatives

If u and v are two functions which are differentiable, then

119
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

18. Implicit Functions

If it is not possible to separate the variables x and y, then the function f is known as an
implicit function.

19. Exponential function: A function of the form y = f(x) = bx, where base b > 1.
1.Domain of the exponential function is R, the set of all real numbers.

EE TE
2.The point (0, 1) is always on the graph of the exponential function.
3.The exponential function is ever increasing.

20. The exponential function is differentiable at each x ∈ R .

/N U
T
21. Properties of logarithmic functions:
T
i. Domain of log function is R+.
EE TI
ii. The log function is ever increasing.
iii. For ‘x’ very near to zero, the value of log x can be made lesser than any given real
-J S

number.
IIT IN

22. Logarithmic differentiation is a powerful technique to differentiate functions of the form

f(x) = [u(x)]v(x). Here both f(x) and u(x) need to be positive.
2

23. To find the derivative of a product of a number of functions or a quotient of a number of

functions, take the logarithm of both sides first and then differentiate.
K

24. Logarithmic Differentiation

y = ax
Taking logarithm on both sides
log y = log ax.
Using the property of logarithms
log y = x log a
Now differentiating the implicit function

120
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

25. The logarithmic function is differentiable at each point in its domain.

26. Trigonometric and inverse-trigonometric functions are differentiable in their respective

domains.

27. The sum, difference, product and quotient of two differentiable functions are
differentiable.

EE TE
28. The composition of a differentiable function is a differentiable function.

29. A relation between variables x and y expressed in the form x = f(t) and y = g(t) is the
parametric form with t as the parameter. Parametric equation of parabola y2 = 4ax is x = at2,

/N U
T
y = 2at. T
30. Differentiation of an infinite series: If f(x) is a function of an infinite series, then to
EE TI
differentiate the function f(x), use the fact that an infinite series remains unaltered even
after the deletion of a term.
-J S

31. Parametric Differentiation:

IIT IN

Differentiation of the functions of the form x = f(t) and y = g(t):

2
K

32. Let u = f(x) and v = g(x) be two functions of x. Hence, to find the derivative of f(x) with
respect g(x), we use the following formula:

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
33. If y = f(x) and = 𝑓𝑓′(𝑥𝑥) and if f’(x) is differentiable, then
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

121
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

34. If x = f(t) and y = g(t), then

EE TE
Top Formulae

1. Derivative of a function at a point

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

3. Derivatives of Functions

122
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

123
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

124
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

125
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

EE TE
4. Differentiation of constant functions

1. Differentiation of a constant function is zero, i.e.

/N U
T
T
EE TI
2. If f(x) is a differentiable function and c is a constant, then cf(x) is a differentiable
function such that
-J S
IIT IN
2

5. Some useful results in finding derivatives

K

126
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

127
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

128
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

129
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

Important Questions
Multiple Choice questions-
1. The function

is continuous at x = 0, then the value of ‘k’ is:

(a) 3

EE TE
(b) 2

(c) 1

/N U
T
(d) 1.5. T
2. The function f(x) = [x], where [x] denotes the greatest integer function, is continuous
EE TI
at:

(a) 4
-J S
IIT IN

(b)-2

(c) 1
2

(d) 1.5.
K

3. The value of ‘k’ which makes the function defined by

continuous at x = 0 is

(a) -8

(b) 1

(c) -1

(d) None of these.

130
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

4. Differential coefficient of sec (tan-1 x) w.r.t. x is

1−x2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
5. If y = log ( ) then is equal to:
1+x2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

EE TE
/N U
T
6.
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

2x 2x 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
7. If u = sin-1 ( ) and u = tan-1 ( ) then is
1+x2 1−x2 dx

(a) 12

(b) x
1−x2
(c)
1+x2

(d) 1
d2 𝑦𝑦
8. If x = t², y = t³, then is
dx2

3
(a)
2

131
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

3
(b)
4𝑡𝑡

3
(c)
2t

3𝑡𝑡
(d)
2

9. The value of ‘c’ in Rolle’s Theorem for the function f(x) = x³ – 3x in the interval [0, √3]
is

(a) 1

(b) -1

EE TE
3
(c)
2

1
(d)

/N U
3

T
10. The value of ‘c’ in Mean Value Theorem for the function f(x) = x (x – 2), x ∈ [1, 2] is
T
3
EE TI
(a)
2

2
-J S

(b)
3
IIT IN

1
(c)
2

3
(d)
2

4
K

Very Short Questions:

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
1. If y = log (cos ex), then find (Delhi 2019)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

2. Differentiate cos {sin (x)2} w.r.t. x. (Outside Delhi 2019)

3. Differentiate sin2(x2) w.r.t. x2. (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper 2018-19)

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
4. Find , if y + siny = cos or.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

5.

132
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

6. Is it true that x = elogx for all real x? (N.C.E.R.T.)

7. Differentiate the following w.r.t. x : 3x + 2. (N.C.E.R.T.)

8. Differentiate log (1 + θ) w.r.t. sin-1θ.

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
9. If y = xx, find .
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

10.

EE TE
Short Questions:
1. Discuss the continuity of the function: f(x) = |x| at x = 0. (N.C.E.R.T.)

/N U
T
𝑑𝑑
2. If f(x) = x + 1, find (fof)(x). (C.B.S.E. 2019)
T 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

cosx−sinx
EE TI
3. Differentiate tan−1 ( ) with respect to x. (C.B.S.E. 2018 C)
cosx+sinx

1+cosx
-J S

4. Differentiate: tan-1 ( ) with respect to x. (C.B.S.E. 2018)

sinx
IIT IN

5. Write the integrating factor of the differential equation:

(tan-1 y – x) dy = (1 + y2) dx. (C.B.S.E. 2019 (Outside Delhi))

2

6.
K

7.

8.

Long Questions:
1. Find the value of ‘a’ for which the function ‘f’ defined as:

133
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

s continuous at x = 0 (CBSE 2011)

2. Find the values of ‘p’ and ‘q’ for which:

is continuous at x = 2 (CBSE 2016)

EE TE
3. Find the value of ‘k’ for which

/N U
T
T
EE TI
is continuous at x = 0 (A.I.C.B.S.E. 2013)
-J S

4. For what values of ‘a’ and ‘b\ the function ‘f’ defined as:
IIT IN
2
K

is continuous at x = 1. (CBSE 2011)

Assertion and Reason Questions-

1. Two statements are given-one labelled Assertion (A) and the other labelled Reason (R).
Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes(a), (b), (c) and (d) as given
below.

a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c) A is true but R is false.
d) A is false and R is true.
e) Both A and R are false.

134
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

Assertion(A): is continuous at x = 0.

2. Two statements are given-one labelled Assertion (A) and the other labelled Reason
(R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes(a), (b), (c) and (d) as
given below.

a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.

EE TE
c) A is true but R is false.
d) A is false and R is true.
e) Both A and R are false.

/N U
T
T
EE TI
Reason (R): f(x) is periodic function.
-J S

Case Study Questions-

IIT IN

1. If a relation between x and y is such that y cannot be expressed in terms of x, then y is

called an implicit function of x. When a given relation expresses y as an implicit
2

dy
function of x and we want to find , then we differentiate every term of the given
K

dx
relation w.r.t. x, remembering that a tenn in y is first differentiated w.r.t. y and
dy
then multiplied by .
dx

dy
Based on the ab:ve information, find the value of in each of the following questions.
dx

135
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

136
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

Based on the above information, find the derivative of functions w.r.t. x in the following
questions.

137
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

138
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

EE TE
Answer Key-
Multiple Choice questions-
1. Answer: (b) 2
/N U
T
2. Answer: (d) 1.5.
T
EE TI
3. Answer: (d) None of these.
-J S

4. Answer:
IIT IN

5. Answer:
2
K

6. Answer:

7. Answer: (d) 1
3
8. Answer: (b)
4𝑡𝑡

9. Answer: (a) 1
3
10. Answer: (a)
2

139
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

Very Short Answer:

1. Solution:

We have: y = log (cos ex)

= – ex tan ex

2. Solution:

Let y = cos {sin (x)2}.

EE TE
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
∴ = – sin {sin (x)2}. {sin (x)2}
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

/N U
= – sin {sin (x)2}. cos(x)2 (x2)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

T
T
= – sin {sin (x)2}. cos(x)22x
EE TI
= -2x cos(x)2 sin {sin(x)2}.
-J S

3. Solution:
IIT IN

Let y = sin2(x2).
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
∴ = 2 sin (x2) cos (x2) = sin (2x2).
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
2

4. Solution:
K

We have: y + sin y = cos x.

Differentiating w.r,t. x, we get:

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
+ cos y. = – sin x
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
(1 + cos y) = -sin x
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sin 𝑥𝑥
Hence, =−
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1+cos 𝑦𝑦

where y ≠ (2n + 1)π, n ∈ Z.

5. Solution:

140
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

Put 3x = sin θ.

y = sin-1 (2 sin θ cos θ)

= sin-1 (sin 2θ) = 2θ

= 2 sin-1 3x

6. Solution:

EE TE
The given equation is x = elogx

This is not true for non-positive real numbers.

/N U
T
[ ∵ Domain of log function is R+]
T
Now, let y = elogx
EE TI
If y > 0, taking logs.,
-J S

log y = log (elogx) = log x.log e

IIT IN

= log x . 1 = log x

⇒ y = x.
2
K

Hence, x = elogx is true only for positive values of x.

7. Solution:

Let y = 3x + 2.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑
= 3x + 2.log3. (x + 2)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

= 3x + 2 .log3.(1 + 0)

= 3x + 2. log 3 = log 3 (3x + 2).

8. Solution:

Let y = log (1 + θ) and u = sin-1θ.

141
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

9. Solution:

EE TE
Here y = xx …(1)

Taking logs., log y = log xx

/N U
T
⇒ log y = x log x.
T
Differentiating w.r.t. x, we get:
EE TI
1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
⋅ = x 1x + logx. (1)
-J S

𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
IIT IN

= 1 + log x.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Hence, = y (1 + log x) dx
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
2

= xx (1 + log x). [Using (1)]

K

10. S
olution:

The given series can be written as:

Squaring, y2 = 2x + y

⇒ y2 – y = 2x.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Diff. w.r.t. x, (2y -1) = 2x log 2.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Short Answer:

142
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

1. Solution:

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S

Hence ‘f’ is continuous at x = 0.

IIT IN

2. Solution:

We have : f(x) = x + 1 …(1)

2
K

∴ fof(x) = f (f(x)) =f(x)+ 1

= (x + 1) + 1 = x + 2.
𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑
∴ (fof)(x).) = (x + 2) = 1 + 0 = 1.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

3. Solution:

143
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

4. Solution:

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

5. Solution:

The given differential equation is:

2

(tan-1 y – x) dy = (1 + y2) dx
K

6. Solution:

144
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

EE TE
7. Solution:

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

8. Solution:

145
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
Long Answer:
1. Solution:
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

146
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
Also f(0) = a sin π/2 (0+1)
-J S

= a sin π/2 = a(1) = a

IIT IN

For continuity,
2
K

⇒ a = 1/2 = a

Hence, a = ½

2. Solution:

147
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

148
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

Hence p = 1/2 and q = 4

3. Solution:

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

⇒ k = -1 = -1

149
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

Hence k = -1

4. Solution:

limx→1 - f(x) = limx→1 − (3ax +b)

= limh→0 (3a (1-h) + b]

= 3a(1 – 0) + b

= 3a + b

limx→1 + f(x) = limx→1 + (5ax − 2b)

= limh→0 [5a (1+h) – 2b]

EE TE
= 5a (1+0) – 2b

/N U
= 5a – 2b

T
Also f(1) = 11
T
EE TI
Since ‘f’ is continuous at x = 1,

∴ limx→1 − f(x) = limx→1 + f(x) = f(1)

-J S

⇒ 3a + b = 5a – 2b = 11.
IIT IN

From first and third,

2

3a + b = 11 …………… (1)
K

From last two,

5a – 2b = 11 …………… (2)

Multiplying (1) by 2,

6a + 2b = 22 ………….. (3)

Adding (2) and (3),

11a = 33

⇒ a = 3.

Putting in (1),

3(3) + b = 11

150
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

⇒ b = 11 – 9 = 2.

Hence, a = 3 and b = 2.

Case Study Answers-

1. Answer :

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

151
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

2. Answer :

152
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

153
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 CONTINUITY & DIFFERENTIABILITY
05

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

154
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 Chapter 6: Application Of Derivatives

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

155
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES

1. If a quantity y varies with another quantity x, satisfying some rule y = f(x), then
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
(𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑓𝑓 ′(𝑥𝑥) represents the rate of change of y with respect to x and ] (𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑓𝑓′(𝑥𝑥0 )
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥=𝑥𝑥0

represents the rate of change of y with respect to x at x = xo.

2. If two variables x and y are varying with respect to another variable t, i.e., if x = f(t) and y =g(t)
then by Chain Rule

EE TE
/N U
T
T
4. A function f is said to be increasing on an interval (a, b) if x1 < x2 in (a, b) ⇒ f(x1) > f(x2) for all x1,
x2 ∈ (a, b). Alternatively, if f’(x) > 0 for each x in, then f(x) is an decreasing function on (a, b).
EE TI
5. The equation of the tangent at (x0, y0) to the curve y = f (x) is given by
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
7. If tangent to a curve y = f(x) at x = x0 is parallel to x-axis, then ] =0
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥=𝑥𝑥0

8. Equation of the normal to the curve y = f (x) at a point (xo, yo), is given by

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
10. If at the point (xo, yo), does not exist, then the normal is parallel to x-axis and its equation is
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
y = y0.

156
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

11. Let y = f (x), ∆x be a small increment in x and ∆y be the increment in y corresponding to the
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
increment in x, i.e., ∆y = f (x + ∆x) – f (x). Then given by dy = f’(x) dx or 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = � � 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 is a
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
good of ∆y when dx x = ∆ is relatively small and we denote it by dy ≈ ∆y.

12. A point c in the domain of a function f at which either f ′(c) = 0 or f is not differentiable is called
a critical point of f.

13. First Derivative Test: Let f be a function defined on an open interval I. Let f be continuous at a
critical point c in I. Then,

i. If f ′(x) changes sign from positive to negative as x increases through c, i.e., if f ′(x) > 0 at
every point sufficiently close to and to the left of c, and f ′(x) < 0 at every point sufficiently
close to and to the right of c, then c is a point of local maxima.

EE TE
ii. If f ′(x) changes sign from negative to positive as x increases through c, i.e., if f ′(x) < 0 at
every point sufficiently close to and to the left of c, and f ′(x) > 0 at every point sufficiently

/N U
close to and to the right of c, then c is a point of local minima.

T
T
iii. If f ′(x) does not change sign as x increases through c, then c is neither a point of local
maxima nor a point of local minima. In fact, such a point is called point of inflexion.
EE TI
14. Second Derivative Test: Let f be a function defined on an interval I and c ∈ I. Let f be twice
-J S

differentiable at c. Then,
IIT IN

i. x = c is a point of local maxima if f ′(c) = 0 and f ″(c) < 0

The values f (c) is local maximum value of f.
ii. x = c is a point of local minima if f ′(c) = 0 and f ″(c) > 0
2
K

In this case, f (c) is local minimum value of f.

iii. The test fails if f ′(c) = 0 and f ″(c) = 0.
In this case, we go back to the first derivative test and find whether c is a point of
maxima, minima or a point of inflexion.
15. Working rule for finding absolute maxima and/ or absolute minima
Step 1: Find all critical points of f in the interval, i.e., find points x where either f ′(x) = 0 or f is
not differentiable.
Step 2: Take the end points of the interval.
Step 3: At all these points (listed in Step 1 and 2), calculate the values of f.
Step 4: Identify the maximum and minimum values of f out of the values calculated in Step3.
This maximum value will be the absolute maximum value of f and the minimum value will be
the absolute minimum value of f.

157
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

158
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

Important Questions
Multiple Choice questions-
1. The rate of change of the area of a circle with respect to its radius r at r = 6 cm is:

(a) 10π

(b) 12π

(c) 8π

EE TE
(d) 11π

2. The total revenue received from the sale of x units of a product is given by

/N U
R(x)=3x²+36x+5. The marginal revenue, when x = 15 is:

T
(a) 116
T
EE TI
(b) 96

(c) 90
-J S

(d) 126.
IIT IN

3. The interval in which y = x² e-x is increasing with respect to x is:

2

(a) (-∞, ∞)
K

(b) (-2,0)

(c) (2, ∞)

(d) (0, 2).

4. The slope of the normal to the curve y = 2x² + 3 sin x at x = 0 is

(a) 3
1
(b)
3

(c) -3
1
(d) -
3

5. The line y = x + 1 is a tangent to the curve y² = 4x at the point:

159
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

(a) (1, 2)

(b) (2, 1)

(c) (1, -2)

(d) (-1, 2).

6. If f(x) = 3x² + 15x + 5, then the approximate value of f(3.02) is:

(a) 47.66

(b) 57.66

(c) 67.66

EE TE
(d) 77.66.

/N U
7. The approximate change in the volume of a cube of side x meters caused by

T
increasing the side by 3% is:
T
(a) 0.06 x³ m³
EE TI
(b) 0.6 x³ m³
-J S

(c) 0.09 x³m³

IIT IN

(d) 0.9 x³ m³

8. The point on the curve x² = 2y, which is nearest to the point (0, 5), is:
2

(a) (2 √2, 4)
K

(b) (2 √2, 0)

(c) (0, 0)

(d) (2, 2).

1−x+x2
9. For all real values of x, the minimum value of is
1+x+x2

(a) 0

(b) 1

(c) 3
1
(d)
3

160
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

10. The maximum value of [x (x – 1) + 1]1/3, 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 is

1
(a) ( )1/3
3

1
(b)
2

(c) 1

(d) 0

Very Short Questions:

1. For the curve y = 5x- 2x3, if increases at the rate of 2 units/sec., find the rate of change

EE TE
of the slope of the curve when x = 3. (C.B.S.E. 2017)

2. Without using the derivative, show that the function f(x) = 7x – 3 is a strictly
increasing function in R.

/N U
T
3. Show that function:
T
EE TI
f(x) = 4x3 – 18×2 – 27x – 7 is always increasing in R. (C.B.S.E. 2017)

4. Find the slope of the tangent to the curve:

-J S

x = at2, y = 2at t = 2.
IIT IN

5. Find the maximum and minimum values, if any, of the following functions without
using derivatives:
2

(i) f(x) = (2x-1)2 + 3

K

(ii) f(x)= 16x2 – 16x + 28

(iii) f(x) = -|x+ 1| + 3

(iv) f(x) = sin 2x + 5

(v) f(x) = sin (sin x).

6. A particle moves along the curve x2 = 2y. At what point, ordinate increases at die
same rate as abscissa increases? (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper 2019-20)

Long Questions:
1. A ladder 13 m long is leaning against a vertical wall. The bottom of the ladder is
dragged away from the wall along the ground at the rate of 2 cm/sec. How fast is the
height on the wall decreasing when the foot of the ladder is 5 m away from the wall?
161
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

(C.B.S.E. Outside Delhi 2019)

2. Find the angle of intersection of the curves x2 + y2 = 4 and (x – 2)2 + y2= 4, at the point
in the first quadrant (C.B.S.E. 2018 C)

3. Find the intervals in which the function: f(x) = – 2x3 – 9x2 – 12x + 1 is (i) Strictly
increasing (ii) Strictly decreasing. (C.B.S.E. 2018 C)

4. A window is in the form of a rectangle surmounted by a semicircular opening. The

total perimeter of the window is 10 meters. Find the dimensions of the window to
admit maximum light through the whole opening. (C.B.S.E. 2018 C)

Assertion and Reason Questions:

EE TE
1. Two statements are given-one labelled Assertion (A) and the other labelled Reason
(R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes (a), (b), (c) and (d) as
given below.

/N U
T
a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
T
b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
EE TI
c) A is true but R is false.
d) A is false and R is true.
e) Both A and R are false.
-J S
IIT IN

Assertion(A): For each real 't', then exist a point C in [t,t+π]

such that f′(C) = 0

Reason (R): f(t)=f(t+2π) for each real t

2
K

2. Two statements are given-one labelled Assertion (A) and the other labelled Reason
(R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes(a), (b), (c) and (d) as
given below.

a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c) A is true but R is false.
d) A is false and R is true.
e) Both A and R are false.

Assertion (A): One root of x3−2x2−1= 0 and lies between 2 and 3.

Reason(R): If f(x) is continuous function and f [a], f[b] have opposite signs then at least
one or odd number of roots of f(x)=0 lies between a and b.

Case Study Questions:

162
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

1. An architecture design a auditorium for a school for its cultural activities. The floor of the
auditorium is rectangular in shape and has a fixed perimeter P.

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S

Based on the above information, answer the following questions.

IIT IN
2
K

163
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

2. Rohan, a student of class XII, visited his uncle's flat with his father. He observe that the
window of the house is in the form of a rectangle surmounted by a semicircular opening
having perimeter 10m as shown in the figure.

164
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

Based on the above information, answer the following questions.

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

165
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

Answer Key-
Multiple Choice questions-
1. Answer: (b) 12π

2. Answer: (d) 126.

3. Answer: (d) (0, 2).

166
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

1
4. Answer: (d) -
3

5. Answer: (a) (1, 2)

6. Answer: (d) 77.66.

7. Answer: (c) 0.09 x³m³

8. Answer: (a) (2 √2, 4)

1
9. Answer: (d)
3

10. Answer: (c) 1

EE TE
Very Short Answer:
1. Solution:

/N U
T
The given curve is y = 5x – 2x3
T
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
= 5 – 6x2
EE TI
∴
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

i.e., m = 5 – 6x2,
-J S

where ‘m’ is the slope.

IIT IN

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
∴ = -12x = -12x (2) = -24x
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
2

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
∴ ]x=3 = -24(3) = -72.
K

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Hence, the rate of the change of the slope = -72.

2. Solution:

Let x1 and x2∈ R.

Now x1 > x2

⇒ 7x1 > 7x2

⇒ 7x1 – 3 > 7x2 – 3

⇒ f(x1) > f(x2).

Hence, ‘f’ is strictly increasing function in R.

167
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

3. Solution:

We have: f(x) = 4x3 – 18 × 2 – 27x – 7

∴ f(x) = 12x2 – 36x + 27 = 12(x2 – 3x) + 27

= 12(x2 – 3x + 9/4) + 27 – 27

= 12(x – 3/2)2∀ x∈ R.

Hence, f(x) is always increasing in R.

4. Solution:

The given curve is x – at2, y = 2at.

EE TE
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
∴ = 2at
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

/N U
T
= 2a
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
T
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 dy/dt 2𝑎𝑎
∴ = = =
EE TI
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 dx/dt 2𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
Hence, slope of the tangent at t = 2 is: ]t=2 =
-J S

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
IIT IN

5. Solution:

(i) We have:
2

f(x) = (2x – 1)2 + 3.

K

Here Df = R.

Now f(x) ≥ 3.

[∵ (2x – 1)2 ≥ 0 for all x ∈ R]

However, maximum value does not exist.

[∵ f(x) can be made as large as we please]

(ii) We have:

f(x) = 16x2 – 16x + 28.

Here Df = R.

Now f(x) = 16 (x2 – x + 14 + 24

168
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

1
= (16(x – )2 + 24
2

⇒ f(x) ≥ 24.

[∵ 16(x – 12)2 ≥ 0 for all x ∈ R

Hence, the minimum value is 24.

However, maximum value does not exist.

[ ∵ f(x) can be made as large as we please]

(iii) We have :

EE TE
f(x) = – 1x + 11 + 3

⇒ f(x) ≤ 3.

/N U
[ ∵ -|x + 1| ≤ 0]

T
T
Hence, the maximum value = 3.
EE TI
However, the minimum value does not exist.
-J S

[∵ f(x) can be made as small as we please]

IIT IN

(iv) We have :

f(x) = sin2x + 5.
2

Since – 1 ≤ sin 2x ≤ 1 for all x ∈ R,

K

– 1+5 ≤ sin2x + 5 ≤ 1+5 for all x∈ R

⇒ 4 ≤ sin2x + 5 ≤ 6 for all x ∈ R

⇒ 4 ≤ f(x) ≤ 6 for all x ∈ R.

Hence, the maximum value = 6 and minimum value = 4.

(v) We have :

f(x) = sin (sin x).

We know that – 1 ≤ sin x ≤ 1 for all x ∈ R

⇒ sin(-1) ≤ sin(sinx) ≤ sin 1 for all x ∈ R

⇒ – sin 1 ≤ f(x) ≤ sin 1.

169
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

Hence, maximum value = sin 1 and minimum value = -sin 1.

6. Solution:

The given curve is x2 = 2y …(1)

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Diff.w.r.t.t, 2x =2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
⇒ 2x =2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
∵ = given
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

1
From (1), 1 = 2y ⇒ y =

EE TE
2

1
Hence, the reqd. point is (1, )
2

Long Answer:
/N U
T
T
1. Solution:
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

170
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S

Hence, the height is decreasing at the rate of 5/6 cm/sec.

IIT IN

2. Solution:

The given curves are:

2
K

x2 + y2 = 4 ………….(1)

(x – 2)2 + y2 = 4 ………….. (2)

From (2),

y = 4 – (x – 2)2

Putting in (1),

x2 + 4 - (x - 2)2 = 4

⇒ x2 – (x – 2)2 = 0

⇒ (x + (x - 2)(x – x) + 2) = 0

⇒ (2x – 2)(2) = 0

171
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

⇒ x = 1.

Putting in (1),

1 + y2 = 4

⇒ y = √3

∴ Point of intersection = (1, √3 )

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

3. Solution:

Given function is:

f(x) = – 2x3 – 9x2 – 12x + 1.

Diff. w.r.t. x,

f'(x) = -6x2 – 18x – 12

= -6(x + 1) (x + 2).

Now, f'(x) – 0

⇒ x = -2, x = -1

⇒ Intervals are (-∞ – 2), (-2, -1) and (-1, ∞).

172
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

Getting f’ (x) > 0 in (-2, -1)

and f'(x) < 0 in (-∞, -2) u (-1, ∞)

⇒ f(x) is strictly increasing in (-2, -1) and strictly decreasing in (-∞, 2) u (-1, ∞).

4. Solution:

Let ‘x’ and ‘y’ be the length and breadth of the rectangle ABCD.
𝑥𝑥
Radius of the semi-circle = .
2
πx
Circumference of the semi-circle =
2

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

173
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

or Max ./Min. of A (x), A’ (x) = 0

20 - (2 + π)(2x) + πx = 0

20 + x(π – 4 – 2π) = 0

20 – x(4 + π) = 0

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S

Case Study Answers:

IIT IN

1. Answer :
2
K

174
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

175
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

2. Answer :

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

176
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

177
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
06

Assertion and Reason Answers:

EE TE
1. a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Solution:

/N U
Given that f(x)=2+cosx

T
Clearly f(x) is continuous and differentiable everywhere Also f′(x) = −sinx ⇒ f′(x=0)
T
⇒ −sinx = 0 ⇒ x = nπ
EE TI
∴ These exists C ∈ [t, t+π] for t ∈ R
-J S

such that f′ (C) = 0

IIT IN

∴ Statement-1 is true Also

f(x) being periodic function of period 2π
2

∴ Statement-2 is true, but Statement-2 is not a correct explanation of Statement -1.

K

2. (a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

Solution:
Given f(x)=x3−2x2−1=0
Here, f(2)=(2)3−2(2)2−1=8−8−1=−1
and f(3)=(3)3−2(3)2−1=27−18−1=8
∴ f(2)f(3)=(−1)8=−8<0
⇒ One root of f(x) lies between 2 and 3
∴ Given Assertion is true Also Reason R is true and valid reason
∴ Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A.

178
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 Chapter 7: Integrals

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

179
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

INTEGRALS

Top Concepts

1. Integration is the inverse process of differentiation. The process of finding the function from
its primitive is known as integration or antidifferentiation.

2. The problem of finding a function whenever its derivative is given leads to indefinite form
of integrals.

EE TE
3. The problem of finding the area bounded by the graph of a function under certain conditions
leads to a definite form of integrals.

/N U
T
4. Indefinite and definite integrals together constitute Integral Calculus.
T
5. Indefinite integral ∫ 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 𝐹𝐹(𝑥𝑥) + 𝐶𝐶, where F(x) is the antiderivative of f(x).
EE TI
6. Functions with same derivatives differ by a constant.
-J S

7. integral of f with respect to x, f(x) is the integrand, x is the variable of

∫ 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑means
IIT IN

integration and C is the constant of integration.

8. Geometrically indefinite integral is the collection of family of curves, each of which can be
obtained by translating one of the curves parallel to itself.
2
K

Family of curves representing the integral of 3x2

180
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
9. Properties of antiderivatives
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

11.Comparison between differentiation and integration

1. Both are operations on functions.

2. Both satisfy the property of linearity.
3. All functions are not differentiable and all functions are not integrable.
4. The derivative of a function is a unique function, but the integral of a function is not.
5. When a polynomial function P is differentiated, the result is a polynomial whose degree
is 1 less than the degree of P. When a polynomial function P is integrated, the result is a
polynomial whose degree is 1 more than that of P.

181
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

6. The derivative is defined at a point P and the integral of a function is defined over an
interval.
7. Geometrical meaning: The derivative of a function represents the slope of the tangent to
the corresponding curve at a point. The indefinite integral of a function represents a
family of curves placed parallel to each other having parallel tangents at the points of
intersection of the family with the lines perpendicular to the axis.
8. The derivative is used for finding some physical quantities such as the velocity of a moving
particle when the distance traversed at any time t is known. Similarly, the integral is used
in calculating the distance traversed when the velocity at time I is known.
9. Differentiation and integration, both are processes involving limits.
10.By knowing one antiderivative of function f, an infinite number of antiderivatives can be

EE TE
obtained.

12.Integration can be done by using many methods. Prominent among them are

/N U
T
1. Integration by substitution
T
2. Integration using partial fractions
EE TI
3. Integration by parts
4. Integration using trigonometric identities.
-J S

13.A change in the variable of integration often reduces an integral to one of the fundamental
IIT IN

integrals. Some standard substitutions are

2
K

15.Partial fraction decomposition or partial fraction expansion is used to reduce the degree
of either the numerator or the denominator of a rational function.

16.Integration using partial fractions

𝑃𝑃(𝑥𝑥) 𝑃𝑃(𝑥𝑥)
A rational function can be expressed as the sum of partial fractions if . This takes any
𝑄𝑄(𝑥𝑥) 𝑄𝑄(𝑥𝑥)
of the forms:

182
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

EE TE
I - inverse trigonometric
L - logarithmic
A - algebraic
/N U
T
T - trigonometric
T
E - exponential is used to identify the first function.
EE TI
18.Integration by parts
Integral of the product of two functions = (first function) × (integral of the second function)
-J S

- integral of [(differential coefficient of the first function) × (integral of the second

IIT IN

function)].
2
K

183
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

20.Definite integral as the limit of a sum: The process of evaluating a definite integral by using
the definition is called integration as the limit of a sum or integration from first principles.
𝑏𝑏
21.Method of evaluating ∫𝑎𝑎 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

i. Calculate antiderivative F(x)

ii. Calculate F(b ) - F(a)

22.Area function

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

𝑥𝑥
● First fundamental theorem of integral calculus: If area function, 𝐴𝐴(𝑥𝑥) = ∫𝑎𝑎 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 for all
x ≥ a, and f is continuous on [a, b]. Then A’(x) = f(x) for all x ∈ [a, b]

● Second fundamental theorem of integral calculus: Let f be a continuous function of x in

𝑑𝑑
the closed interval [a, b] and let F be antiderivative of 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) for all x in domain of
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
f, then

184
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

1. Some Standard Integrals

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

185
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

186
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

187
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

Step:

188
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

EE TE
(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎+𝑏𝑏)
3. Evaluation of integrals of the form ∫ �𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐+𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

/N U
T
Step:
T
i. Represent (ax + b) in terms of (cx + d) as follows:
EE TI
(ax + b) = A (cx + d) + B
-J S

ii. Find A and B by equating coefficients of like powers of x on both sides

IIT IN

iii. Replace (ax + b) by A(cx + d) + B in the given integral to obtain

2
K

Let us express sinm x and cosmx in terms of sines and cosines of multiples of x by using
the following identities:

189
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

∫ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠. 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐, ∫ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 . 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠, ∫ 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚. 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐

Let us use the following identities:

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

190
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

Steps:

i. Check the exponents of sinx and cosx

ii. If the exponent of sinx is an odd positive integer, then put cosx = v
If the exponent of cosx is an odd positive integer, then put sinx = v
If the exponents of both sinx and cosx are odd positive integers, then put either sinx
= v or cosx = v
If the exponents of both sinx and cosx are even positive integers, then rewrite sinm
x cosn x in terms of sines and cosines of multiples of x by using trigonometric results.
191
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

iii. Evaluate the integral in step (ii)

11.Evaluation of integrals of the form

EE TE
Steps:

i. Multiply and divide the integrand by x2 and make the coefficient of x2 unity
ii. Observe the coefficient of x

/N U
T
1 2
iii. Add and subtract � 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑥𝑥� to the expression in the denominator
T 2
EE TI
iv. Express the expression in the denominator in the form
-J S

v. Use the appropriate formula to integrate.

IIT IN

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
13.Evaluation of integrals of the form ∫ 𝑎𝑎𝑥𝑥2 +𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏+ 𝑐𝑐

Steps:
2
K

i. Multiply and divide the integrand by x2 and make the coefficient of x2 unity
ii. Observe the coefficient of x
1 2
iii. Add and subtract � 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑥𝑥� inside the square root
2

iv. Express the expression inside the square root in the form
v. Use the appropriate formula to integrate.
𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝+ 𝑞𝑞
14.Evaluation of integrals of the form ∫ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑎𝑎𝑥𝑥 2 +𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏+𝑐𝑐

Steps:

i. Rewrite the numerator as follows:

192
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

EE TE
Steps:

i. Divide the numerator by the denominator, and rewrite the integrand as

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2

Steps:
K

193
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

i. Divide the numerator and denominator by cos2x

ii. In the denominator, replace sec2 x by1 + tan2 x

iii. Substitute tan x = v; sec2 xdx = dv

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
iv. Apply the appropriate method to integrate the integral ∫

EE TE
𝑎𝑎𝑣𝑣2 +𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏+𝑐𝑐

18.Evaluation of integrals of the form

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

194
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

195
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

22.Evaluation of integrals of the form

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

196
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

197
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

198
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

199
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

Important Questions
Multiple Choice questions-
1
1. The anti-derivative of (√x + ) equals
√x

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

3.

(a) 10x - x10 + c

(b) 10x + x10 + c

(c) (10x – x10)-1 + c

(d) log (10x + x10) + c.

4.

(a) tan x + cot x + c

(b) tan x - cot x + c

200
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

(c) tan x cot x + c

(d) tan x - cot 2x + c.

5.

(a) tan x + cot x + c

(b) tan x + cosec x + c

(c) -tan x + cot x + c

(d) tan x + sec x + c.

6.

EE TE
(a) -cot (xex) + c

/N U
(b) tan (xex) + c

T
(c) tan (ex) + c
T
EE TI
(d) cot (ex) + c

7.
-J S

(a) x tan-1 (x + 1) + c
IIT IN

(b) tan-1 (x + 1) + c
2

(c) (x + 1) tan-1 x + c
K

(d) tan-1 x + c.

8.

9.
201
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

10.

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S

3+3cos x
1. Find ∫ dx (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper 2019-20)
IIT IN

x+sinx

2. Find: ∫ (cos2 2x – sin2 2x)dx. (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper 2019-20)

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
2

3. Find: ∫ (C.B.S.E. Outside Delhi 2019)

√5−4𝑥𝑥−2𝑥𝑥 2
K

x3 −1
4. Evaluate ∫ dx (N.C.E.R.T. C.B.S.E. 2010C)
x2

sin2 x−cos2 x
5. Find: ∫ dx (A.I.C.B.S.E. 2017)
sin x cos x

dx
6. Write the value of ∫
x2 +16

7. Evaluate: ∫ (x3 + 1) dx. (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper 2019-20)

π/2
8. Evaluate: ∫0 𝑒𝑒 𝑥𝑥 (sin x – cos x) dx. (C.B.S.E. 2014)
2
9. Evaluate: ∫0 √4 − 𝑥𝑥 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 (A.I.C.B.S.E. 2014)

10. E
𝑥𝑥
valuate: If f(x) = ∫0 𝑡𝑡 sin t dt, then write the value of f’ (x). (A.I. C.B.S.E. 2014)
202
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

Short Questions:
1. Evaluate:

𝜋𝜋 𝜋𝜋
3. Find: ∫ �1 – 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 2𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥, < x <
4 2

4. Find ∫ sinx . log cos x dx (C.B.S.E 2019 C)

EE TE
(𝑥𝑥 2 +sin2 𝑥𝑥)sec2 𝑥𝑥
5. Find: ∫ dx (CBSE Sample Paper 2018-19)
1+𝑥𝑥 2

𝑒𝑒 𝑥𝑥 (𝑥𝑥−3)
6. Evaluate ∫ dx (CBSE Sample Paper 2018-19)

/N U
(𝑥𝑥−1)3

T
7. Find ∫sin-1 (2x) dx
T
π
EE TI
8. Evaluate: ∫−π(1 – x 2 ) sin x cos2 x dx.

Long Questions:
-J S
IIT IN

sin6 𝑥𝑥 + cos6 𝑥𝑥
1. Evaluate: ∫ dx (C.B.S.E. 2019 (Delhi))
sin2 𝑥𝑥 cos2 𝑥𝑥

𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐(𝑥𝑥+𝑎𝑎)
2. Integrate the function w.r.t. x. (C.B.S.E. 2019 (Delhi))
2

𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠(𝑥𝑥+𝑏𝑏)
K

3. Evaluate: ∫ x2 tan-1 x dx. (C.B.S.E. (F) 2012)

1
4. Find: ∫ [log (log x) + (logx)2 ] dx (N.C.E.R.T.; A.I.C.B.S.E. 2010 C)

Case Study Questions-

1. Integration is the process of finding the antiderivative of a function. In this process, we are
provided with the derivative of a function and asked to find out the function (i.e., Primitive)
Integration is the inverse process of differentiation.

Let f (x) be a function of x. If there is a function g(x), such that d/dx (g(x)) = f (x), then g(x) is
called an integral of f (x) w.r.t x and is denoted by ∫f (x )dx = g(x) + c, where c is constant of
integration.

(i) ∫(3x+4)3 dx is equal to:

203
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

I stands for Inverse Trigonometric Function

L stands for Logarithmic Function
A stands for Algebraic Function
T stands for Trigonometric Function
E stands for Exponential Function, then

204
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

Multiple Choice questions-

1.

2.

3. Answer: (d) log (10x + x10) + c.

205
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

4. Answer: (b) tan x – cot x + c

5. Answer: (a) tan x + cot x + c

6. Answer: (b) tan (xex) + c

7. Answer: (b) tan-1 (x + 1) + c

8.

9.

10.

Very Short Answer:

EE TE
1. Solution:

I=∫
3+3cos x

/N U
dx = 3 log lx + sin xl + c.

T
x+sinx

𝑑𝑑
T
[∵ Num. = denom.]
EE TI
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

2. Solution:
-J S

sin 4x
I = ∫cos 4x dx = +c
IIT IN

3. Solution:
2
K

206
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

2 2
I = ∫−2 𝑥𝑥 3 dx + ∫−2 1 ⋅dx = I1

8. Solution:

207
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

π/2
∫0 𝑒𝑒 𝑥𝑥 (sin x – cos x)dx
π/2
∫0 𝑒𝑒 𝑥𝑥 (-cos x + sin x)dx

I” Form: ∫ex (f(x) + f'(x) dx”

= -e π/2 (0) + (1) (1)

= -0 + 1 = 1

EE TE
9. Solution:

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2

= 2sin-1(1) = 2(π/2) = π
K

10. S
olution:
𝑥𝑥
We have: f(x) = ∫0 𝑡𝑡 sin t dt.
𝑑𝑑
f'(x) = x sin x. (x) – 0
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

[Property XII; Leibnitz’s Rule]

= x sin x . (1)

= x sin x.

Short Answer:

208
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

1. Solution:

EE TE
sec2 x
I=
√tan2 x + 4

Put tan x = t so that sec2 x dx = dt.

/N U
T
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
∴I=∫
√𝑡𝑡 2 +22
T
EE TI
= log |t + √𝑡𝑡 2 + 4| + C
-J S

= log |tan x + √𝑡𝑡 2 + 4| + C

IIT IN

3. Solution:
2
K

∫sinx . log cos x dx

Put cox x = t

so that – sin x dx = dt

i.e., sin x dx = – dt.

∴ I = -∫log t.1dt
209
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

= -[ log t.t – ∫ 1/t. t dt ]

[Integrating by parts]

= – [t log t – t] + C = f(1 – log t) + C

= cos x (1 – log (cos x)) + C.

5. Solution:

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

210
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
Here, f(x) = (1 - x2) sin x cos2 x.
-J S

f(x) = (1 – x2) sin (-x) cos2 (-x)

IIT IN

= – (1 – x2) sin x cos2 x

= -f(x)
2

⇒ f is an odd function.
K

Hence, I = 0.

Long Answer:
1. Solution:

211
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

212
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

1
Let ∫ [log (log x) + (logx)2 ] dx

1
= ∫ log (log x) dx + ∫ (logx)2 ] dx …… (1)

Let I = I1 + I2

Now I1 = ∫ log (log x) dx

=∫ log (log x) 1 dx

213
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

1
= log (log x).x – ∫ x.dx
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙⋅𝑥𝑥

(Integrating by parts)
1
= xlog(logx) – ∫ dx ……….. (2)
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙

Let I1 = I3 + I4

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

I = x log (log x)
2
K

1.

(i)

214
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 INTEGRALS
07

(iii)

(v)

2.

(i)

EE TE
/N U
(iv)

T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

215
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 Chapter 8: Application of Integrals

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

216
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
08

APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS

1. Elementary area: The area is called elementary area which is located at any arbitary
position within the region which is specified by some value of x between a and b.

2. The area of the region bounded by the curve y = f (x), x-axis and the lines x = a and x = b (b >
𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏
a) is given by the formula: 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = ∫𝑧𝑧 𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = ∫𝑧𝑧 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

3. The area of the region bounded by the curve 𝑥𝑥 = 𝜃𝜃(𝑦𝑦) , y-axis and the lines y = c, y = d is
𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏
given by the formula: 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = ∫𝑐𝑐 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 = ∫𝑐𝑐 𝜃𝜃(𝑦𝑦)𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

4. The area of the region enclosed between two curves y = f (x), y = g (x) and the lines x = a, x =

EE TE
𝑏𝑏
b is given by the formula, Area = ∫𝑎𝑎 [𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑, where 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ≥ 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) in [a, b].

5. If 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ≥ 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) in [a, c] and 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ≤ 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) in [c, b], a < c < b, then we write the areas as:

/N U
T
𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏
T
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = � [𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 + � [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)]𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
EE TI
𝑎𝑎 𝑐𝑐
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

217
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
08

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

218
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
08

Important Questions
Multiple Choice questions-
1. Area lying in the first quadrant and bounded by the circle x² + y² = 4 and the lines x =
0 and x = 2 is

(a) π
𝜋𝜋
(b)
2
𝜋𝜋
(c)
3
𝜋𝜋
(d)

EE TE
4

2. Area of the region bounded by the curve y² = 4x, y-axis and the line y = 3 is

(a) 2
/N U
T
(b)
9
T
4
EE TI
9
(c)
3
-J S

9
(d)
IIT IN

3. Smaller area enclosed by the circle x² + y² = 4 and the line x + y = 2 is

2

(a) 2 (π – 2)
K

(b) π – 2

(c) 2π – 1

(d) 2 (π + 2).

4. Area lying between the curves y² = 4x and y = 2 is:

2
(a)
3

1
(b)
3

1
(c)
4

3
(d)
4

219
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
08

5. Area bounded by the curve y = x³, the x-axis and the ordinates x = -2 and x = 1 is

(a) -9
15
(b) -
4

15
(c)
4

17
(d)
4

6. The area bounded by the curve y = x|x|, x-axis and the ordinates x = -1 and x = 1 is
given by

EE TE
(a) 0
1
(b) -
3

/N U
T
2
(c)
3
T
4
EE TI
(d)
3
-J S

7. The area of the circle x² + y² = 16 exterior to the parabola y² = 6x is

IIT IN

4
(a) (4π – √3)
3

1
(b) (4π + √3)
2

2
K

(c) (8π – √3)

3

4
(d) (8π + √3)
3

8. The area enclosed by the circle x² + y² = 2 is equal to

(a) 4π sq. units

(b) 2√2 π sq. units

(c) 4π² sq. units

(d) 2π sq. units.

𝑥𝑥 2 𝑦𝑦 2
9. The area enclosed by the ellipse 2
+ = 1 is equal to
𝑎𝑎 𝑏𝑏2

(a) π²ab
220
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
08

(b) πab

(c) πa²b

(d) πab².

10. The area of the region bounded by the curve y = x² and the line y = 16 is
32
(a)
3

256
(b)
3

64
(c)
3

EE TE
128
(d)
3

Very Short Questions:

/N U
T
T
1. Find the area of region bounded by the curve y = x2 and the line y = 4.
EE TI
2. Find the area bounded by the curve y = x3, x = 0 and the ordinates x = -2 and x = 1.
-J S

3. Find the area bounded between parabolas y2 = 4x and x2 = 4y.

IIT IN

𝜋𝜋
4. Find the area enclosed between the curve y = cos x, 0 ≤ x ≤ and the co-ordinate axes.
4

5. Find the area between the x-axis curve y = cos x when 0≤ x < 2.
2

6. Find the ratio of the areas between the center y = cos x and y = cos 2x and x-axis for
K

x = 0 to
𝜋𝜋
x=
3

7. Find the areas of the region:

{(x,y): x2 + y2 ≤ 1 ≤ x + 4}

Long Questions:
1. Find the area enclosed by the circle:

x2 + y2 = a2. (N.C.E.R.T.)

2. Using integration, find the area of the region in the first quadrant enclosed by the x-
axis, the line y = x and the circle x2 + y2 = 32. (C.B.S.E. 2018)

221
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
08

3. Find the area bounded by the curves y = √x, 2y + 3 = Y and Y-axis. (C.B.S.E. Sample
Paper 2018-19)

4. Find the area of region:

{(x,y): x2 + y2 < 8, x2 < 2y}. (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper 2018-19)

Case Study Questions:

1. Ajay cut two circular pieces of cardboard and placed one upon other as shown in figure.
One of the circle represents the equation (x - 1)2 + y2 = 1, while other circle represents
the equation x2 + y2 = 1.

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

222
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
08

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

223
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
08

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

224
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
08

2. Location of three houses of a society is represented by the points A(-1, 0), B(1, 3) and
C(3, 2) as shown in figure.

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
(i) Equation of line AB is.
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

225
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
08

a. 2 sq. units
b. 4 sq. units
c. 6 sq. units
d. 8 sq. units

(iv) Area of △ADC is,

a. 4 sq. units
b. 8 sq. units
c. 16 sq. units
d. 32 sq. units

(v)Area of △ABC is.

EE TE
a. 3 sq. units
b. 4 sq. units
c. 5 sq. units

/N U
T
d. 6 sq. units
T
Answer Key-
EE TI
Multiple Choice questions-
-J S

1. Answer: (a) π
IIT IN

2. Answer: (a) 2

3. Answer: (b) π – 2
2

1
4. Answer: (b)
K

15
5. Answer: (b) -
4

2
6. Answer: (c)
3

2
7. Answer: (c) (8π – √3)
3

8. Answer: (d) 2π sq. units.

9. Answer: (b) πab

256
10. Answer: (b)
3

Very Short Answer:

226
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
08

32
1. Solution: sq. units.
2

17
2. Solution: sq. units.
4

16
3. Solution: sq. units.
3

1
4. Solution: sq. units.
2

5. Solution: 4 sq. units

6. Solution: 2 : 1.
1
7. Solution: (π – 1) sq. units.

EE TE
2

Long Answer:

/N U
T
1. Solution: T
The given circle is
EE TI
x2 + y2 = a2 …………. (1)
-J S

This is a circle whose center is (0,0) and radius ‘a’.

IIT IN
2
K

[ ∵ Circle is symmetrical about both the axes]

𝑎𝑎
= 4 ∫0 𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 [Taking vertical strips] o

227
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
08

But region OABO lies in 1st quadrant, ∴ y is + ve]

EE TE
We have:

y = x …(l)

/N U
and x2 + y2 = 32 …(2)

T
T
(1) is a st. line, passing through (0,0) and (2) is a circle with centre (0,0) and radius
EE TI
4√2 units. Solving (1) and (2) :

Putting the value of y from (1) in (2), we get:

-J S

x2 + x2 = 32
IIT IN

2x2 = 32
2

x2 = 16
K

x = 4.

[∵ region lies in first quadrant]

Also, y = 4

Thus, the line (1) and the circle (2) meet each other at B (4,4), in the first quadrant.

Draw BM perp. to x – axis.

228
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
08

Now, area of the region OMBO

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

229
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
08

= 8π – (8 + 4π) = 4π – 8

∴ From (3),

Required area = 8 + (4π – 8) = 4π sq. units.

3. Solution:

The given curves are

y = √x ………….(1)

and 2y + 3 = x …(2)

Solving (1) and (2), we get;

EE TE
/N U
T
⇒ y22 – 2y – 3 = 0
T
EE TI
⇒ (y + 1)(y-3) = 0 ⇒ y = -1, 3
-J S

⇒ y = 3 [∵ y > 0]
IIT IN

Putting in (2),

x = 2(3) + 3 = 9.
2

Thus, (1) and (2) intersects at (9, 3).

K

230
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
08

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S

The given curves are;

IIT IN

x2 + y2 = 8 ………… (1)

x2 = 2y ………… (2)
2
K

8 – y2= 2y

231
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
08

⇒ y2 + 2y – 8 = 0

⇒ (y + 4) (y – 2) = 0

= y = -4,2

⇒ y = 2. [∵ y > 0]

Putting in (2), x2 = 4

⇒ x = -2 or 2.

Thus, (1) and (2) intersect at P(2, 2) and Q(-2, 2).

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

1. Answer :

232
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
08

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

233
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
08

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

234
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
08

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

235
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
08

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

236
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 Chapter 9: Differential Equations

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

237
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
09

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

1. Differential Equation: An equation involving derivatives of the dependent variable with

respect to independent variable (variables) is known as a differential equation.

2. Linear and non-linear differential equation: A differential equation is said to be linear if

unknown function (dependent variable) as its derivative which occurs in the equation,
occur only in the first degree, and are not multiplied together. Otherwise, the differential
equation is said to be non-linear.

3. Order: Order of a differential equation is the order of the highest order derivative

EE TE
occurring in the differential equation.

4. Degree: Degree of a differential equation is defined if it is a polynomial equation in its

derivatives.

/N U
T
5. Degree (when defined) of a differential equation is the highest power (positive integer
T
only) of the highest order derivative in it.
EE TI
6. Solution: A function which satisfies the given differential equation is called its solution.
-J S

7. General Solution: The solution which contains as many arbitrary constants as the order of
IIT IN

the differential equation is called a general solution.

8. Particular Solution: The solution free from arbitrary constants is called particular solution.
2

9. To form a differential equation from a given function we differentiate the function

K

successively as many times as the number of arbitrary constants in the given function and
then eliminate the arbitrary constants.

10. Variable Separable method: Variable separable method is used to solve such an equation
in which variables can be separated completely i.e., terms containing y should remain with
dy and terms containing x should remain with dx.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
11. A differential equation which can be expressed in the form 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) where,
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
f(x, y) and g (x, y) are homogenous functions of degree zero is called a homogeneous
differential equation.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
12. A differential equation of the form + 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 = Q, where P and Q are constants or functions
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
of x only is called a first order linear differential equation.

238
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
09

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

239
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
09

Important Questions
Multiple Choice questions-
1. The degree of the differential equation:

(a) 3

(b) 2

(c) 1

EE TE
(d) not defined.

2. The order of the differential equation:

/N U
T
T
EE TI
(a) 2

(b) 1
-J S

(c) 0
IIT IN

(d) not defined.

2

3. The number of arbitrary constants in the general solution of a differential equation of

fourth order is:
K

(a) 0

(b) 2

(c) 3

(d) 4.

4. The number of arbitrary constants in the particular solution of a differential equation

of third order is:

(a) 3

(b) 2

(c) 1
240
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
09

(d) 0.

5. Which of the following differential equations has y = c1 ex + c2 e-x as the general

solution?
𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦
(a) +y=0
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2

𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦
(b) –y=0
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2

𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦
(c) +1=0
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2

𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦
(d) –1=0
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2

EE TE
6. Which of the following differential equations has y = x as one of its particular
solutions?

/N U
T
𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
(a) – x² + xy = x
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
T
𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦
EE TI
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
(b) 2
+x + xy = x
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
-J S

𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
(c) – x² + xy = 0
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
IIT IN

𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
(d) +x + xy = 0
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
2

7. The general solution of the differential equation = ex+y is

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
K

(a) ex + e-y = c

(b) ex + ey = c

(c) e-x + ey = c

(d) e-x + e-y = c.

8. Which of the following differential equations cannot be solved, using variable

separable method?
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
(a) + ex+y + e-x+y
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

(b) (y² – 2xy) dx = (x² – 2xy) dy

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
(c) xy = 1 + x + y + xy
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

241
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
09

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
(d) + y = 2.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥
9. A homogeneous differential equation of the form = h( ) can be solved by making
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑦𝑦
the substitution.

(a) y = vx

(b) v = yx

(c) x = vy

(d) x = v

EE TE
10. Which of the following is a homogeneous differential equation?

(a) (4x + 6y + 5)dy – (3y + 2x + 4)dx = 0

/N U
(b) xy dx – (x³ + y²)dy = Q

T
T
(c) (x³ + 2y²) dx + 2xy dy = 0
EE TI
(d) y² dx + (x² – xy – y²)dy = 0.
-J S

Very Short Questions:

IIT IN

4
𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
1. Find the order and the degree of the differential equation: x2 = �1 + � � �
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
(Delhi 2019)
2

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 3
K

𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦
2. Determine the order and the degree of the differential equation: � � + 2𝑦𝑦 2 =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥
0 (C.B.S.E. 2019 C)

3. Form the differential equation representing the family of curves: y = b (x + a), where
« and b are arbitrary constants. (C.B.S.E. 2019 C)

4. Write the general solution of differential equation:

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
= ex+y (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper 2019-20)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

5. Find the integrating factor of the differential equation:

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
y – 2x = y3e-y
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

6. Form the differential equation representing the family of curves y = a sin (3x – b),
where a and b are arbitrary constants. (C.B.S.E. 2019C)
242
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
09

Short Questions:
1. Determine the order and the degree of the differential equation:

2. Form the differential equation representing the family of curves: y = e2x (a + bx),
where ‘a’ and ‘h’ are arbitrary constants. (Delhi 2019)

3. Solve the following differentia equation:

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
+ y = cos x - sin x (Outside Delhi 2019)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

4. Solve the following differential equation:

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
+ x = (tan y + sec2y). (Outside Delhi 2019 C)

EE TE
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Long Questions:

/N U
T
1. Find the area enclosed by the circle:
T
x2 + y2 = a2. (N.C.E.R.T.)
EE TI
2. Using integration, find the area of the region in the first quadrant enclosed by the x-
axis, the line y = x and the circle x2 + y2 = 32. (C.B.S.E. 2018)
-J S
IIT IN

3. Find the area bounded by the curves y = √x, 2y + 3 = Y and Y-axis. (C.B.S.E. Sample
Paper 2018-19)

4. Find the area of region:

2
K

{(x,y): x2 + y2 < 8, x2 < 2y}. (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper 2018-19)

Case Study Questions:

Based on the above information, answer the following questions.

243
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
09

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

244
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
09

EE TE
/N U
T
T
Based on the above information, answer the following questions.
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

245
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
09

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

Answer Key-
Multiple Choice questions-
1. Answer: (a) 3

2. Answer: (a) 2

3. Answer: (d) 4.

246
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
09

4. Answer: (d) 0.
𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦
5. Answer: (b) –y=0
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2

𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
6. Answer: (c) – x² + xy = 0
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

7. Answer: (a) ex + e-y = c

8. Answer: (b) (y² – 2xy) dx = (x² – 2xy) dy

9. Answer: (c) x = vy

10. Answer: (d) y² dx + (x² – xy – y²)dy = 0.

EE TE
Very Short Answer:
1. Solution: Here, order = 2 and degree = 1.

/N U
T
2. Solution: Order = 2 and Degree = 1.
T
EE TI
3. Solution:

We have: y= b(x + a) …(1)

-J S

Diff. w.r.t. x, b.
IIT IN

𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦
Again diff. w.r.t. x, = 0,
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2
2

which is the reqd. differential equation.

K

4. Solution:
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
We have: = ex+y
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

⇒ e-y dy = ex dx [Variables Separable

⇒ – e-y + c = ex

⇒ ex + e-y = c.

5. Solution:

The given equation can be written as.

247
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
09

6. Solution:

We have: y – a sin (3x – b) …(1)

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Diff. W.r.t y = a cos (3x – b) .3

EE TE
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

= 3a cos (3x – b)

/N U
𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦
= -3a sin (3x – b) 3

T
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2
T
= -9a sin (3x – b)
EE TI
= -9y [Using (1)]
-J S

𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦
+ 9y = 0,m
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2
IIT IN

which in the reqd. differential equation.

Short Answer:
2
K

1. Solution: Order = 2 and Degree = 1.

2. Solution:

We have: y = e2x (a + bx) …(1)

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Diff. w.r.t. x, = e2x (b) + 2e2x (a + bx)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
⇒ = be2x + 2y ………….. (2)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Again diff. w.r.t. x,

𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦
= 2be2x + 22x
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2

248
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
09

𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
=2( – 2𝑦𝑦) +
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

[Using (2)]
𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Hence, -4 + 4y = 0, which is the reqd. differential equation.
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

3. Solution:

The given differential equation is:

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
+ y = cos x – sin x dx Linear Equation
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

EE TE
∴ I.F. = e∫1dx = ex

The solution is :

/N U
T
y.ex = ∫ (cos x — sin x) ex dx + C
T
⇒ y.ex = ex cos x + C
EE TI
or y = cos x + C e-x
-J S

4. Solution:
IIT IN

The given differential equation is:

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
2

+ x = (tany + sec2y).
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
K

Linear Equation

∵ I.F. = Jldy = ey

∴ The solution is:

x. ey = ∫ ey (tan y + sec2 y)dy + c

⇒ x. ey = ey tan y + c

= x = tan y + c e-y, which is the reqd. solution.

Long Answer:
1. Solution:

249
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
09

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
x(1 + v2) = C
-J S

𝑦𝑦 2
𝑥𝑥 �1 + 2 � = 𝐶𝐶
IIT IN

𝑥𝑥

x2 + y2 = C.
2

2. Solution:
K

𝜋𝜋
then 0 = + C
4
𝜋𝜋
C=
4

250
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
09

𝜋𝜋
∴ y (1 + x2) = tan -1 x –
4

3. Solution:

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Diff. w.r.t. x, = aebx + 5. (b)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
= dy ……(2) [Using (1)]]
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

EE TE
Again diff. w.r.t x.,
𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
=b ………(3)
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

/N U
T
Dividing (3) by (2), T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

which is the required differential equation.

The given differential equation is:

251
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
09

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
When x = 0, y = 1, ∴ 1 = c + c(0) ⇒ c = 1.
-J S

√1 + 𝑥𝑥 2 = 1 + ey(y -1),
IIT IN

which is the reqd. particular solution.

Case Study Answers:

2
K

1. Answer :

252
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
09

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

253
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
09

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

254
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
09

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

255
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
09

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

256
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
09

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

257
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 Chapter 10: Vector Algebra

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

258
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

VECTOR ALGEBRA

Top Concepts

1. A quantity which has magnitude as well as direction is called a vector.

2. A directed line segment is called a vector.

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S

The point X from where the vector starts is called the initial point and the point Y where it
ends is called the terminal point.
IIT IN

3. For vector 𝑋𝑋𝑋𝑋, magnitude = distance between X and Y, denoted by |𝑋𝑋𝑋𝑋|, and is greater
than or equal to zero.
2
K

4. The distance between the initial point and the terminal point is called the magnitude of
the vector.

5. The position vector of point P = (x1. y1. z1) with respect to the origin is given by 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 = 𝑟𝑟⃗ =
�𝑥𝑥12 + 𝑦𝑦12 + 𝑧𝑧12 .

6. If the position vector 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 of a point P makes angles 𝛼𝛼, β and 𝛾𝛾 with the x, y and z axes,
respectively, then 𝛼𝛼, β and 𝛾𝛾 are called the direction angles and cos 𝛼𝛼, cos β and cos 𝛾𝛾 are
called the direction cosines of the position vector 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂.

7. λ = cos 𝛼𝛼, m = cos β and n = cos 𝛾𝛾 are called the direction cosines of 𝑟𝑟⃗.

259
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

8. The numbers Ir, mr and nr, proportional to I, m and n, are called the direction ratios of the
vector 𝑟𝑟⃗ and are denoted by a, b and c.

In general, l2 + m2 + n2 = 1, but a2 + b2 + c2 ≠ 1.

EE TE
9. Vectors can be classified on the basis of position and magnitude. On the basis of
magnitude, vectors are classified as zero vectors and unit vectors. On the basis of position,

/N U
vectors are classified as co- initial vectors, parallel vectors, free vectors and collinear

T
vectors.
T
10.A zero vector is a vector whose initial and terminal points coincide and is denoted by �0⃗ . �0⃗
EE TI
is called the additive identity.
-J S

11.A unit vector has a magnitude equal to 1. A unit vector in the direction of the given vector
IIT IN

𝑎𝑎⃗ is denoted by 𝑎𝑎.

�
𝑎𝑎�⃗
12.For a given vector 𝑎𝑎⃗ , the vector 𝑎𝑎� = gives the unit vector in the direction of 𝑎𝑎⃗.
|𝑎𝑎�⃗|
2

13.Co-initial vectors are vectors with the same initial point.

K

14.Collinear vectors are parallel to the same line irrespective of their magnitudes and
directions.

15.Two vectors are said to be parallel if they are non-zero scalar multiples of one another.

16.Equal vectors, as the name suggests, are vectors which have the same magnitude and
direction irrespective of their initial points.

17.The negative vector of a given vector 𝑎𝑎⃗ is a vector which has the same magnitude as 𝑎𝑎⃗ but
its direction is the opposite of 𝑎𝑎⃗ .

18.A system of vectors is said to be coplanar, if the vectors lie in the same plane.

19.Reciprocal of a vector: A vector with the same direction as that of the given vector 𝑎𝑎⃗ but
magnitude equal to the reciprocal of the given vector is known as the reciprocal of 𝑎𝑎⃗ and
260
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

is denoted by 𝑎𝑎−1.

Thus, if 𝑎𝑎⃗ is a vector with magnitude a, then �𝑎𝑎−1 � = 1𝑎𝑎.

20.A vector whose initial position is not fixed is called a free vector.

21.Two vectors can be added using the triangle law and parallelogram law of vector addition.

22.Triangle Law of Vector Addition: Suppose two vectors are represented by two sides of a
triangle in sequence, then the third closing side of the triangle represents the sum of the
two vectors.

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
23.Parallelogram Law of Vector Addition: If two vectors 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ are represented by two
adjacent sides of a parallelogram in magnitude and direction, then their sum 𝑎𝑎⃗ + 𝑏𝑏�⃗ is
-J S

represented in magnitude and direction by the diagonal of the parallelogram.

IIT IN
2
K

24.Vector addition is both commutative as well as associative.

Thus, (i) Commutative: For any two vectors 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ , we have

𝑎𝑎⃗ + 𝑏𝑏�⃗ = 𝑏𝑏�⃗ + 𝑎𝑎⃗

(ii) Associativity: For any three vectors, 𝑎𝑎⃗, 𝑏𝑏�⃗, and 𝑐𝑐⃗ , we have

(𝑎𝑎⃗ + 𝑏𝑏�⃗) + 𝑐𝑐⃗ = 𝑎𝑎⃗ + (𝑏𝑏�⃗ + 𝑐𝑐⃗)

25.Difference of vectors: To subtract a vector 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 from vector 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 , its negative is added to 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴.

261
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

29.If 𝑎𝑎⃗ is any vector and k is any scalar, then the scalar product of 𝑎𝑎⃗ and k is k𝑎𝑎⃗. k 𝑎𝑎⃗ is also a
vector, collinear to the vector 𝑎𝑎⃗.
2

k > 0 ⇒ k 𝑎𝑎⃗has the same direction as 𝑎𝑎⃗.

K

k < 0 ⇒ k 𝑎𝑎⃗ has the opposite direction as 𝑎𝑎⃗.

Magnitude of k 𝑎𝑎⃗ is |k| times the magnitude of vector k 𝑎𝑎⃗.

30.Unit vectors along OX, OY and OZ are denoted by 𝚤𝚤̂, 𝚥𝚥̂ and 𝑘𝑘�, respectively.

262
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

�����⃗ = 𝑟𝑟⃗ = x𝚤𝚤̂+ y𝚥𝚥̂ + z𝑘𝑘� is called the component form of vector r.
Vector 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂

Here, x, y and z are called the scalar components of 𝑟𝑟⃗ in the directions of and 𝚤𝚤̂, 𝚥𝚥̂ and 𝑘𝑘�,
and

x𝚤𝚤̂, y𝚥𝚥̂ and z𝑘𝑘� are called the vector components of the vector r along the respective axes.

31.Two vectors 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ are collinear ⇔ 𝑏𝑏�⃗ = k 𝑎𝑎⃗, where k is a non-zero scalar. Vectors 𝑎𝑎⃗ and k
𝑎𝑎⃗ are always collinear.

32.If 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ are equal, then |𝑎𝑎⃗| = |𝑏𝑏�⃗|.

EE TE
34.Components of a vector in two dimensions: If Q is a point X(a, b), then

/N U
T
T
EE TI
������⃗along the x-axis is a vector a𝚤𝚤̂ whose magnitude is |a| and whose
iii. The components of 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂
-J S

direction is along OX or OX' as a is positive or negative.

IIT IN

������⃗ along the y-axis is a vector b𝚥𝚥̂ whose magnitude is |b| and
iv. The components of 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂
whose direction is along OY or OY’ as b is positive or negative.
2

35. Components of a vector in three dimensions: If Q is a point X(a, b, c), then

K

������⃗ along the x-axis is a vector a𝚤𝚤̂ whose magnitude is |a| and
iii.The components of 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂
whose direction is along OX or OX' as a is positive or negative.

iv. The components of ������⃗

𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 along the y-axis is a vector b𝚥𝚥̂ whose magnitude is |b| and
whose direction is along OY or OY' as b is positive or negative.

𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 along the z-axis is a vector c𝑘𝑘� whose magnitude is |c| and
v. The components of ������⃗
whose direction is along OZ or OZ’ as c is positive or negative.

36.Collinearity of vectors: If 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ are two collinear or parallel vectors, then there exists a
scalar k such that 𝑎𝑎⃗ = k𝑏𝑏�⃗.
263
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

37.Two non-zero vectors 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ are collinear if and only if there exists scalars x and y, not
both zero, such that x𝑎𝑎⃗ + y𝑏𝑏�⃗ = �0⃗.

38.If 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ are any two non-zero non-collinear vectors and x and y are scalars, then

39.Three points with position vectors 𝑎𝑎⃗, 𝑏𝑏�⃗ and 𝑐𝑐⃗ care collinear if and only if there exists three
scalars x, y and z, not all zero simultaneously, such that x𝑎𝑎⃗ + y𝑏𝑏�⃗ + z𝑐𝑐⃗ = 0 and x + y + z = 0.

40.Let 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ be two given non-zero non-collinear vectors. Then any vector 𝑟𝑟⃗ coplanar with
𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ can be uniquely expressed as 𝑟𝑟⃗ = m𝑎𝑎⃗ + n𝑏𝑏�⃗ for scalars m and n.

EE TE
41.Three vectors 𝑎𝑎⃗, 𝑏𝑏�⃗ and 𝑐𝑐⃗ are coplanar if and only if

l𝑎𝑎⃗ + m𝑏𝑏�⃗ + n𝑐𝑐⃗ = 0

�⃗, where I, m and n are scalars not all zero simultaneously.

/N U
T
T
42.If 𝑎𝑎⃗, 𝑏𝑏�⃗ and 𝑐𝑐⃗ are any three non-zero non-coplanar vectors, and x, y and z are scalars, then
x𝑎𝑎⃗ + y𝑏𝑏�⃗ + z𝑐𝑐⃗ = 0�⃗ ⇒ x = y = z = 0.
EE TI
43.Geometrical interpretation of the scalar product: scalar product of two vectors 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ is
-J S

the product of modulus of either 𝑎𝑎⃗ or 𝑏𝑏�⃗ , and the projection of the other in its direction.
IIT IN

�����⃗ |
44.Projection of vector AB, making an angle of 𝜃𝜃 with the line L, on line L is vector 𝑃𝑃�⃗ = |𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
cos 𝜃𝜃.
2
K

45.Properties of a scalar product:

i. Scalar product is commutative, i.e., 𝑎𝑎⃗ . 𝑏𝑏�⃗ = 𝑏𝑏�⃗ . 𝑎𝑎⃗

ii. Distributive property of a scalar product over addition:

264
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

iii. If the scalar product 𝑎𝑎⃗ . 𝑏𝑏�⃗ = 0, then 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ are perpendicular to each other.

iv. If 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ are perpendicular to each other, then the scalar product

v. If 𝑎𝑎⃗ is any vector, then 𝑎𝑎⃗ . 𝑎𝑎⃗ |𝑎𝑎⃗|-2.

EE TE
vi. If 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ are two vectors, then (m𝑎𝑎⃗). 𝑏𝑏�⃗ = m(𝑎𝑎⃗. 𝑏𝑏�⃗) = 𝑎𝑎⃗ . m𝑏𝑏�⃗, where m is a scalar.

vii. If 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ are two vectors, then

/N U
T
T
EE TI
viii. If 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ are two vectors, then
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

46.The vector product of two non-zero vectors 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ denoted by 𝑎𝑎⃗ × 𝑏𝑏�⃗ is defined as 𝑎𝑎⃗ × 𝑏𝑏�⃗
=|𝑎𝑎⃗|�𝑏𝑏�⃗� 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝜃𝜃𝑛𝑛� , where 𝜃𝜃 is the angle between 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗, 0 ≤ 𝜃𝜃 ≤ 𝜋𝜋, and �𝑛𝑛 is a unit vector
perpendicular to both 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗. Here, 𝑎𝑎⃗, 𝑏𝑏�⃗ and �𝑛𝑛, form a right handed system.

265
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

EE TE
/N U
T
47.Properties of a vector product:
T
i. 𝑎𝑎⃗ × 𝑏𝑏�⃗ is a vector.
EE TI
ii. Vector product is not commutative.
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

266
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

267
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

EE TE
/N U
T
T
48.Let 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ be two vectors. Then the vectors perpendicular to 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ with magnitude ’k’
EE TI
-J S

are given by
IIT IN

49.The area of a parallelogram is equal to the modulus of the cross product of the vectors
representing its adjacent sides.
2
K

1
50.The area of a parallelogram with diagonals 𝑐𝑐⃗ and 𝑑𝑑⃗ is �𝑐𝑐⃗ × 𝑑𝑑⃗�.
2

51.The area of a triangle is equal to half of the modulus of the cross product of the vectors
representing its adjacent sides.

53.The area of a ∆ ABC with position vectors of the vertices A, B and C is area of

268
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

58. The vector sum of the sides of a triangle taken in order is zero.

EE TE
Top Formulae

/N U
1. Properties of addition of vectors

T
T
i. Vector addition is commutative
EE TI
-J S

ii. Vector addition is associative.

IIT IN
2

�⃗ is an additive identity for vector addition.

iii. 0
K

2. The position vector of the point C which divides AB internally in the ratio m : n is given by

3. The position vector of the point C which divides AB externally in the ratio m : n is given by

4. Linear combination of vectors 𝑎𝑎⃗, 𝑏𝑏�⃗, and 𝑐𝑐⃗ is of the form 𝑟𝑟⃗ = x𝑎𝑎⃗ + y𝑏𝑏�⃗ + z𝑐𝑐⃗, where x, y and z
are the scalars.

269
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2

12.The direction ratios of the line segment joining points (x1, y1, z1) and (x2, y2, z2) are
K

proportional to x2 – x1, y2 – y1, z2 – z1.

13.If a vector 𝑟𝑟⃗ has direction ratios proportional to a, b and c, then

14.Let 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ be any two vectors and k and m be two scalars, then

i. k𝑎𝑎⃗ + m𝑎𝑎⃗ = (k + m) 𝑎𝑎⃗

ii. k(m 𝑎𝑎⃗ ) = (km) 𝑎𝑎⃗

iii. k(𝑎𝑎⃗ + 𝑏𝑏�⃗ ) = k 𝑎𝑎⃗ + k 𝑏𝑏�⃗

270
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

16.The projections of a vector 𝑟𝑟⃗ = x𝚤𝚤⃗ + y𝚥𝚥⃗ + z𝑘𝑘�⃗ on the coordinate axes are l𝑟𝑟⃗, m𝑟𝑟⃗, n𝑟𝑟⃗, where I,
m and n are the direction cosines of the vector 𝑟𝑟⃗.

17.The scalar product of vectors a and b is 𝑎𝑎⃗. 𝑏𝑏�⃗= |𝑎𝑎⃗||𝑏𝑏�⃗|cos 𝜃𝜃, where 𝜃𝜃 is the angie between
vectors 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗.

EE TE
18.The scalar product in terms of components: Let 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ be two vectors such that

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

20.Let 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ be two vectors such that 𝑎𝑎⃗ = 𝑎𝑎1 𝚤𝚤̂ + 𝑎𝑎2 𝚥𝚥̂ + 𝑎𝑎3 𝑘𝑘� and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ − 𝑏𝑏1 𝚤𝚤̂ + 𝑏𝑏2 𝚥𝚥̂ + 𝑏𝑏3 𝑘𝑘�,
then the angle between the two non-zero vectors 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ is given by
2
K

21.Let 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ be two vectors. Then

i. 𝑎𝑎⃗ . 𝑏𝑏�⃗ = 0 if and only if 𝑎𝑎⃗ is perpendicular to 𝑏𝑏�⃗.

ii. 𝑎𝑎⃗ . 𝑏𝑏�⃗ > 0 if and only if 𝜃𝜃 is acute.

iii. 𝑎𝑎⃗ . 𝑏𝑏�⃗ < 0 if and only if 𝜃𝜃 is obtuse.

22.Components of a vector along and perpendicular to vector: Let 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ be two vectors.

Then the components of 𝑏𝑏�⃗ along and perpendicular to 𝑎𝑎⃗ are

271
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

23.The projection of 𝑟𝑟⃗ on the X, Y and Z axes are x, y and z, respectively, where 𝑟𝑟⃗ - x𝚤𝚤̂ + y𝚥𝚥̂ + z𝑘𝑘�.

24.If 𝑟𝑟⃗ = x𝚤𝚤̂ + y𝚥𝚥̂ + z𝑘𝑘�, then x, y and z are called the components of 𝑟𝑟⃗ along X, Y and Z axes,
respectively.

25.If 𝑟𝑟⃗ - x𝚤𝚤̂ + y𝚥𝚥̂ + z𝑘𝑘� is a vector making an angle 𝛼𝛼, 𝛽𝛽 and 𝛾𝛾 with the X, Y and Z axes, respectively,
then,

EE TE
/N U
T
26.For unit vectors 𝚤𝚤̂ , 𝚥𝚥̂ and 𝑘𝑘� , 𝚤𝚤̂ . 𝚤𝚤̂ = 𝚥𝚥̂ . 𝚥𝚥̂ = 𝑘𝑘� . 𝑘𝑘� = 1 and 𝚤𝚤̂ . 𝚥𝚥̂ = 𝚥𝚥̂ . 𝑘𝑘� = 𝑘𝑘� . 𝚤𝚤̂ = 0
T
27.The unit vector in the direction of vector
EE TI
-J S

28.Projection of a vector 𝑎𝑎⃗ on other vector 𝑏𝑏�⃗ is given by:

IIT IN
2
K

32.Geometrical meaning of vector product:

Let 𝑎𝑎⃗ and b be two non-zero, non-parallel vectors.
𝑎𝑎 × 𝑏𝑏�⃗ is a vector with magnitude equal to the area of the
Then the cross-product ���⃗
parallelogram having 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ as its adjacent sides and direction 𝑛𝑛� is perpendicular to the
plane of 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗.

272
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

273
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

Important Questions
Multiple Choice questions-
1. In ΔABC, which of the following is not true?

�����⃗ + 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵
(a) 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 �����⃗ + 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶
�����⃗ = 0
�⃗

EE TE
(b) �����⃗ �����⃗ – 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 + 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 �����⃗ = 0
�⃗

(c) �����⃗ �����⃗ – 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶

𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 + 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 �����⃗ = 0
�⃗

/N U
T
�����⃗ – �����⃗
(d) 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 �����⃗ = 0
𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 + 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 �⃗
T
2. If 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ are two collinear vectors, then which of the following are incorrect:
EE TI
(a) 𝑏𝑏�⃗ = λ𝑎𝑎⃗ tor some scalar λ.
-J S
IIT IN

(b) 𝑎𝑎⃗ = ±𝑏𝑏�⃗

(c) the respective components of 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ are proportional

2

(d) both the vectors 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ have the same direction, but different magnitudes.
K

3. If a is a non-zero vector of magnitude ‘a’ and λa non-zero scalar, then λ𝑎𝑎⃗ is unit
vector if:

(a) λ = 1

(b) λ = -1

(c) a = |λ|
1
(d) a =
|λ|

4. Let λ be any non-zero scalar. Then for what possible values of x, y and z given below,
the vectors 2𝚤𝚤̂ – 3𝚥𝚥̂ + 4𝑘𝑘� and x𝚤𝚤̂ – y𝚥𝚥̂ + z𝑘𝑘� are perpendicular:

(a) x = 2λ. y = λ, z = λ

274
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

(b) x = λ, y = 2λ, z = -λ

(c) x = -λ, y = 2λ, z = λ

(d) x = -λ, y = -2λ, z = λ.

√2
5. Let the vectors 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ be such that |𝑎𝑎⃗| = 3 and |𝑏𝑏�⃗| = , then 𝑎𝑎⃗ × 𝑏𝑏�⃗ is a unit vector if
3
�⃗
the angle between 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏 is:
𝜋𝜋
(a)
6
𝜋𝜋
(b)
4

EE TE
𝜋𝜋
(c)
3
𝜋𝜋
(d)

/N U
2

T
6. Area of a rectangle having vertices
T
1
EE TI
A (-𝚤𝚤̂ + 𝚥𝚥̂ + 4𝑘𝑘�),
2

1
-J S

B (𝚤𝚤̂ + 𝚥𝚥̂ + 4𝑘𝑘�),

2
IIT IN

1
C (𝚤𝚤̂ – 𝚥𝚥̂ + 4𝑘𝑘�),
2

1
D (-𝚤𝚤̂ – 𝚥𝚥̂ + 4𝑘𝑘�) is
2

2
K

1
(a) square unit
2

(b) 1 square unit

(c) 2 square units

(d) 4 square units.

7. If θ is the angle between two vectors 𝑎𝑎⃗, 𝑏𝑏�⃗, then 𝑎𝑎⃗. 𝑏𝑏�⃗ ≥ 0 only when
𝜋𝜋
(a) 0 < θ <
2
𝜋𝜋
(b) 0 ≤ θ ≤
2

(c) 0 < θ < π

275
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

(d) 0 ≤ θ ≤ π

8. Let 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ be two unit vectors and 6 is the angle between them. Then 𝑎𝑎⃗ + 𝑏𝑏�⃗ is a unit
vector if:
𝜋𝜋
(a) θ =
4
𝜋𝜋
(b) θ =
3
𝜋𝜋
(c) θ =
2

2𝜋𝜋
(d) θ =
3

EE TE
9. If {𝚤𝚤̂, 𝚥𝚥̂, 𝑘𝑘�} are the usual three perpendicular unit vectors, then the value of:

𝚤𝚤̂.( 𝚥𝚥̂ × 𝑘𝑘�) + 𝚥𝚥̂.(𝚤𝚤̂ × 𝑘𝑘�) + 𝑘𝑘�.(𝚤𝚤̂ × 𝚥𝚥̂) is

/N U
T
(a) 0
T
(b) -1
EE TI
(c) 1
-J S

(d) 3
IIT IN

10. If θ is the angle between two vectors 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗, then |𝑎𝑎⃗. 𝑏𝑏�⃗| = |𝑎𝑎⃗ × 𝑏𝑏�⃗| when θ is equal to:

(a) 0
2
K

𝜋𝜋
(b)
4
𝜋𝜋
(c)
2

(d) π

Very Short Questions:

1. Classify the following measures as scalar and vector quantities:

(i) 40°

(ii) 50 watt

(iii) 10gm/cm3

(iv) 20 m/sec towards north

276
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

(v) 5 seconds. (N.C.E.R.T.)

2. In the figure, which of the vectors are:

(i) Collinear

(ii) Equal

(iii) Co-initial. (N.C.E.R.T.)

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
3. Find the sum of the vectors:
-J S
IIT IN

4. Find the vector joining the points P (2,3,0) and Q (-1, – 2, – 4) directed from P to Q.
(N.C.E.R.T.)
2

5. If 𝑎𝑎⃗ = x𝚤𝚤̂ + 2𝚥𝚥̂ − z𝑘𝑘� and b⃗ = 3𝚤𝚤̂ − y𝚥𝚥̂ + 𝑘𝑘� are two equal vectors, then write the value of x
K

+ y + z. (C.B.S.E. 2013)

6. Find the unit vector in the direction of the sum of the vectors:

7. Find the value of ‘p’ for which the vectors: 3𝚤𝚤̂ + 2𝚥𝚥̂ + 9𝑘𝑘� and 𝚤𝚤̂ − 2p𝚥𝚥̂ + 3𝑘𝑘� are parallel.
(A.I.C.B.S.E. 2014)

8. If 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ are perpendicular vectors, |𝑎𝑎⃗ + 𝑏𝑏�⃗| = 13 and |𝑎𝑎⃗| =5, find the value of |𝑏𝑏�⃗|
(A.I.C.B.S.E. 2014)

9. Find the magnitude of each of the two vectors 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗, having the same magnitude
9
such that the angle between them is 60° and their scalar product is (C.B.S.E. 2018)
2

10. F
277
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

ind the area of the parallelogram whose diagonals are represented by the vectors: 𝑎𝑎⃗
=2𝚤𝚤̂ − 3𝚥𝚥̂ + 4𝑘𝑘� and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ = 2𝚤𝚤̂ − 𝚥𝚥̂ + 2𝑘𝑘� (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper 2018-19)

Short Questions:
1. If θ is the angle between two vectors:

3𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏�⃗ and 𝑎𝑎⃗ − 3𝑏𝑏

2. X and Y are two points with position vectors ����⃗ ����⃗ respectively. Write
the po-sition vector of a point Z which divides the line segment XY in the ratio 2:1
externally. (C.B.S.E. Outside Delhi 2019)

EE TE
3. Find the unit vector perpendicular to both 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗, where:

/N U
T
4. If 𝑎𝑎⃗ = 2𝚤𝚤̂ + 2𝚥𝚥̂ + 𝑘𝑘�, 𝑏𝑏�⃗ = −𝚤𝚤̂ + 2𝚥𝚥̂ + 𝑘𝑘� and 𝑐𝑐⃗ = 3𝚤𝚤̂ + 𝚥𝚥̂ are such that 𝑎𝑎⃗ + λ𝑏𝑏�⃗ is perpendicular
T
to 𝑐𝑐⃗ , then find the value of λ. (C.B.S.E. 2019 C)
EE TI
5. Let 𝑎𝑎⃗ = 𝚤𝚤̂ + 2𝚥𝚥̂ − 3𝑘𝑘� and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ = 3𝚤𝚤̂ − 𝚥𝚥̂ + 2𝑘𝑘� be two vectors. Show that the vectors (𝑎𝑎⃗ + 𝑏𝑏�⃗)
-J S

and
IIT IN

(𝑎𝑎⃗ − 𝑏𝑏�⃗) are perpendicular to each other. (C.B.S.E. Outside Delhi 2019)

6. If the sum of two-unit vectors is a unit vector, prove that the magnitude of their
2

difference
K

is √3. (C.B.S.E. 2019)

7. If 𝑎𝑎⃗ + 𝑏𝑏�⃗ + 𝑐𝑐⃗ = 0

�⃗ and |𝑎𝑎⃗| = 3, |𝑏𝑏�⃗| = 5 and |𝑎𝑎⃗| = 7, then find the value of 𝑎𝑎⃗⋅𝑏𝑏�⃗ + 𝑏𝑏�⃗⋅𝑐𝑐⃗ + 𝑐𝑐⃗⋅𝑎𝑎⃗

(C.B.S.E. Sample Paper 2019-20)

8. Find |𝑎𝑎⃗ − 𝑏𝑏�⃗|, if two vectors a and b are such that |𝑎𝑎⃗| = 2, | 𝑏𝑏�⃗ | = 3 and 𝑎𝑎⃗⋅𝑏𝑏�⃗ = 4.
(N.C.E.R.T.)

Long Questions:
1. Let 𝑎𝑎⃗ = 4𝚤𝚤̂ + 5𝚥𝚥̂ − 𝑘𝑘� and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ = 𝚤𝚤̂ – 4𝚥𝚥̂ + 5𝑘𝑘� and 𝑐𝑐⃗ = 3𝚤𝚤̂ + 𝚥𝚥̂ − 𝑘𝑘�. Find a vector 𝑎𝑎⃗ which is
perpendicular to both 𝑐𝑐⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ and 𝑑𝑑⃗ ⋅𝑎𝑎⃗ =21. (C.B.S.E. 2018)

2. If 𝑝𝑝⃗ = 𝚤𝚤̂ + 𝚥𝚥̂ + 𝑘𝑘� and 𝑞𝑞⃗ = 𝚤𝚤̂ – 2𝚥𝚥̂ + 𝑘𝑘�, find a vector of magnitude 5√3 units perpendicular
to the vector 𝑞𝑞⃗. and coplanar with vector 𝑝𝑝⃗ and 𝑞𝑞⃗. (C.B.S.E. 2018)
278
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

3. If 𝚤𝚤̂ + 𝚥𝚥̂ + 𝑘𝑘�, 2𝚤𝚤̂ + 5𝚥𝚥̂, 3𝚤𝚤̂ + 2𝚥𝚥̂ − 3𝑘𝑘� and 𝚤𝚤̂ − 6𝚥𝚥̂ − 𝑘𝑘� respectively are the position vectors of
points A, B, C and D, then find the angle between the straight lines AB and CD. Find

4. If 𝑎𝑎⃗ + 𝑏𝑏�⃗ + 𝑐𝑐⃗ = �0⃗ and |𝑎𝑎⃗| = 3, |𝑏𝑏�⃗| = 5, and |𝑐𝑐⃗| =7, find the angle between 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗. (C.B.S.E.
2014)

Case Study Questions:

1. A barge is pulled into harbour by two tug boats as shown in the figure.

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

Based on the above information, answer the following questions.

2
K

279
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

2. Three slogans on chart papers are to be placed on a school bulletin board at the
points A, Band C displaying A (Hub of Learning), B (Creating a better world for
tomorrow) and C (Education comes first). The coordinates of these points are (1, 4, 2),
(3, -3, -2) and (-2, 2, 6) respectively.

280
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

EE TE
/N U
T
T
Based on the above information, answer the following questions.
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

281
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

Answer Key-
Multiple Choice questions-
1. �����⃗ + 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵
Answer: (c) 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 �����⃗ – 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶
�����⃗ = 0
�⃗

2. Answer: (d) both the vectors 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ have the same direction, but different
magnitudes.
1
3. Answer: (d) a =
|λ|

4. Answer: (c) x = -λ, y = 2λ, z = λ

𝜋𝜋
5. Answer: (b)
4

282
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

6. Answer: (c) 2 square units

𝜋𝜋
7. Answer: (b) 0 ≤ θ ≤
2

2𝜋𝜋
8. Answer: (d) θ =
3

9. Answer: (d) 3
𝜋𝜋
10. Answer: (b)
4

Very Short Answer:

1. Solution:

EE TE
(i) Angle-scalar

(ii) Power-scalar

/N U
T
(iii) Density-scalar
T
EE TI
(iv) Velocity-vector

(v) Time-scalar.
-J S

2. Solution:
IIT IN

(i) 𝑎𝑎⃗, 𝑐𝑐⃗ and 𝑎𝑎⃗ are collinear vectors.

2

(ii) 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑐𝑐⃗ are equal vectors.

K

(iii) 𝑏𝑏�⃗, 𝑐𝑐⃗ and 𝑑𝑑⃗ are co-initial vectors.

3. Solution:

Sum of the vectors = 𝑎𝑎� + 𝑏𝑏� + 𝑐𝑐̂

4. Solution:

Since the vector is directed from P to Q,

∴ P is the initial point and Q is the terminal point.

283
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

�����⃗
∴ Reqd. vector = 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃

5. Solution:

Here

EE TE
Comparing, A: = 3,2 = -y i.e. y = -2, ̴ z= 1 i.e. z = -1.

Hence, x + y + z = 3 – 2 – 1 = 0.

6. Solution:
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

7. Solution:

The given vectors 3𝚤𝚤̂ + 2𝚥𝚥̂ + 9𝑘𝑘� and 𝚤𝚤̂ − 2p𝚥𝚥̂ + 3𝑘𝑘� are parallel

284
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

8. Solution:

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
9. Solution:
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

10. S
olution:

285
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

Short Answer:
1. Solution:

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

2. Solution:

Position vector of

286
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

3. Solution:

EE TE
Hence, the unit vector perpendicular to both 𝑎𝑎⃗ and 𝑏𝑏�⃗

/N U
T
T
EE TI
4. Solution:
-J S

We have:
IIT IN
2
K

⇒ (2 – λ) (3) + (2 + 2λ) (1) + (3 + λ)(0) = 0

⇒ 6 – 3λ + 2 + 2λ = 0

⇒ -λ, + 8 = 0.
287
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

Hence, λ, = 8.

5. Solution:

EE TE
Now,

/N U
T
T
= (4) (- 2) + (1) (3) + (-1) (- 5)
EE TI
= – 8 + 3 + 5 = 0.
-J S
IIT IN

6. Solution:
2
K

288
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

By the question,

EE TE
⇒ ΔABC is equilateral, each of its angles being 60°

/N U
T
⇒ ∠DAB = 2 x 60° = 120° and ∠ADB = 30°.
T
EE TI
By Sine Formula,
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

7. Solution:

289
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

EE TE
8. Solution:

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

Long Answer:
1. Solution:

290
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

⇒ 3x + y - z = 0 …(1)

and x - 4y + 5z = 0 …(2)

EE TE
/N U
T
T
⇒ 4x + 5y-z = 21 …(3)
EE TI
Multiplying (1) by 5,

1 5x + 5y – 5z = 0 …(4)
-J S
IIT IN

Adding (2) and (4),

16x + y = 0 …(5)
2

Subtracting (1) from (3),

K

x + 4y = 21 …(6)

From (5),

y = -16x …(7)

Putting in (6),

x – 64x = 21

-63x: = 21

291
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

z = 13/3

2. Solution:

(1) (a) + (-2) (b) + 1 (c) = 0

⇒ a – 2b + c = 0

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S

⇒ (1) (-2c – b) – (1) (c – a) + (1) (b + 2a) = 0

IIT IN

⇒ -2c-b-c + a + b + 2a = 0

⇒ 3a – 3c = 0
2
K

⇒a–c–0

Solving (1) and (2),

292
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

EE TE
3. Solution:
/N U
T
T
Note: If ‘θ’ is the angle between AB and CD,
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

293
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

4. Solution:

EE TE
/N U
T
T
where ‘θ’ is the angle between a and b
EE TI
⇒ (3)2 + (5)2 + 2 (3) (5) cos θ = (7)2

⇒9 + 25 + 30 cos θ = 49
-J S
IIT IN

1
⇒ 30 cos θ = 49 – 34 ⇒ cos θ =
2

⇒ θ = 60°.
2
K

Case Study Answers:

1. Answer :

294
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

295
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

2. Answer :

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

296
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 VECTOR ALGEBRA
10

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

297
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 Chapter 11: Three-Dimensional Geometry

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

298
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY

Top Review

1. If P(x1, y1, z1) and Q(x2, y2, z2) are two points in space, then

EE TE
2. The distance of a point P(x1, y1, z1) from the origin 0 is given by

/N U
T
T
3. The coordinates of a point R which divides the line joining the points P(x1, y1, z1) and Q(x2,
y2, z2 ) internally in the ratio m : n are
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

4. The coordinates of a point R which divides the line joining the points P(x1, y1, z1) and Q(x2 y2,
z2) externally in the ratio m : n are
2
K

6. Let P(x1, y1 z1), Q(x2 y2, z2) and R(x3 y3, z3) be three vertices of the triangle.

299
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

Top Concepts

1. The angles 𝛼𝛼, 𝛽𝛽 and 𝛾𝛾 which a directed line L, through the origin, makes with the x , y and z
axes, respectively, are called direction angles.

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
2. If a directed line L passes through the origin and makes angles 𝛼𝛼 , 𝛽𝛽 and 𝛾𝛾 with the x, y and z
-J S

axes respectively, then

IIT IN

λ = cos 𝛼𝛼 , m = cos 𝛽𝛽 and n = cos 𝛾𝛾 are called direction cosines of line L.

3. For a given line to have a unique set of direction cosines, a directed line is used.
2

4. The direction cosines of the directed line which does not pass through the origin can be
K

obtained by drawing a line parallel to it and passing through the origin.

5. Any three numbers which are proportional to the direction cosines of the line are called
direction ratios. If λ, m and n are the direction cosines and a, b and c are the direction ratios
300
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

of a line, then λ = ka, m = kb and n = kc, where k is any non-zero real number.

6. For any line, there are an infinite number of direction ratios.

7. Direction ratios of the line joining P(x1, y1, z1) and Q(x2, y2, z2) may be taken as

x2 - x1, y2 - y1, z2 – z1 or x1 - x2, y1 - y2, z1 - z2

8. Direction cosines of the x-axis are cos0, cos90, cos90, i.e., 1, 0, 0.

Similarly, the direction cosines of the y-axis are 0, 1, 0 and the z-axis are 0, 0, 1, respectively.

9. A line is uniquely determined if

1. It passes through a given point and has given direction ratios

EE TE
OR

/N U
2. It passes through two given points.

T
T
10.Two lines with direction ratios a1, a2, a3 and b1, b2, b3, respectively, are perpendicular if
a1b1 + a2b2 + a3b3 = 0
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

12.The lines which are neither intersecting nor parallel are called as skew lines. Skew lines are
2

non- coplanar, i.e., they do not belong to the same 2D plane.

K

GE and DB are skew lines.

13.The angle between skew lines is the angle between two intersecting lines drawn from any
point (preferably through the origin) parallel to each of the skew lines.
301
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

14.If two lines in space are intersecting, then the shortest distance between them is zero.
15.If two lines in space are parallel, then the shortest distance between them is the
perpendicular distance.

16.The normal vector, often simply called the ‘normal’ to a surface, is a vector perpendicular to
a surface.

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
17.If the three points are collinear, then the line containing those three points can be part of
-J S

many planes.
IIT IN
2
K

18.The angle between two planes is defined as the angle between their normals.

19.If the planes A1x + B1y + C1z + D1 = 0 and A2 x + B2y + C2z + D2 = 0 are perpendicular to each
other, then A1A2 + B1B2 + C1C2 = 0

If the planes A1x+ B1y + C1z + D1 = 0 and A2x + B2y + C2z + D2 = 0 are parallel, then

302
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

20. The angle between a line and a plane is the complement of the angle between the line and
the normal to the plane.

EE TE
/N U
T
21.The distance of a point from a plane is the length of the unique line from the point to the
T
plane which is perpendicular to the plane.
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

Top Formulae

1. Direction cosines of the line L are connected by the relation l2 + m2 + n2 = 1.

2. If a, b, and c are the direction ratios of a line, and l, m, and n are its direction cosines,
then

3. The direction cosines of the line joining

303
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

P( x1, y1, z1) and Q( x2, y2, z2) are

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
7. The vector equation of a line which passes through two points whose position vectors are
-J S
IIT IN

8. Cartesian equation of a line which passes through two points (x1, y1, z1) and (x2, y2, z2) is
2
K

13.Conversion of a Cartesian form of an equation of a line to a vector form:

304
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

Hence, the vector form of the equation of the line is

14.Conversion of a vector form of the equation of a line to the Cartesian form:

Let the Cartesian form of the equation of a line be

and λ is a parameter
Then the Cartesian form of the equation of the line is

EE TE
/N U
15.Angle 𝜃𝜃 between two lines L1 and L2 passing through the origin and having direction ratios

T
a1, b1, C1 and a2 ,b2, C2 is
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

16.Condition of perpendicularity: If the lines are perpendicular to each other, then a1a2 +
b1b2 + c1c2 = 0.
2
K

19.To find the intersection of two lines:

Consider the two lines:

Step (i): The general coordinates of general points on the given two lines are
(a1k + x1, b1k + y1, c1k + z1) and (a2m + x2, b2m + y2, c2m + z2)
305
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

Step (ii) Equate both the points

Thus, we have a1k + x1 = a2m + x2, b1k + y1 = b2m + y2, C1k + z1 = c2m + z2
Step (iii): Solve the first two equations to get the values of k and m. Check whether the
point satisfies the third equation also. If it satisfies, then the lines intersect, otherwise
they do not.
Step (iv): Substitute the values of k and m in the set of three equations to get the
intersection point.
20.To find the intersection of two lines in the vector form:
Let the two lines be

EE TE
Step (i): Position vectors of arbitrary points on (1) and (2) are

/N U
T
T
EE TI
Step (ii): Because the lines (1) and (2) intersect, they intersect each other, and their
points of intersection are as follows:
-J S

a1+ ka1’ = b1 + mb1’: a2 + ka2’ = b2 + mb2’; a3 + ka3’ = b3 + mb3’

IIT IN

Step (iii): Solve any two of the equations to get the values of k and m. Substitute the
values of k and m in the third equation to check whether it satisfies it. If it does satisfy it,
then the two lines intersect, otherwise they do not.
2
K

Step (iv): Substitute the values of k and m to get the point of intersection.

21.Perpendicular distance of a line from a point: Let P(u, v, w) be the given point.

Let N be the foot of the perpendicular.

Then the coordinates of N are,

Now, the distance PN can be determined using the distance formula.

22. Perpendicular distance of a line from a point when it is in the vector form:
�⃗) be the given point. Let 𝑟𝑟⃗ - 𝑎𝑎⃗ + k𝑏𝑏�⃗ be the position vector of the line.
Step (i): Let P(𝑢𝑢
Step (ii): Find ������⃗
𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 - Position vector of N — Position vector of P

306
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃. 𝑏𝑏�⃗ = 0
Step (iii): ������⃗
Step (iv): Get the value of k
Step (v): Substitute the value of k in 𝑟𝑟⃗ - 𝑎𝑎⃗ + k𝑏𝑏�⃗
������⃗| to obtain the perpendicular distance.
Step (vi): Compute |𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃

23.Skew lines: Two lines are said to be skew lines if they are neither parallel nor intersecting.

24.Shortest distance: The shortest distance between two lines L1 and L2 is the distance PQ
between the points P and Q, where the lines of shortest distance intersect the two given
lines.

25.The shortest distance between two skew lines L and M having equations

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
26.Condition for two given lines to intersect: If the lines 𝑟𝑟⃗ = 𝑎𝑎⃗1 + k𝑏𝑏�⃗1 and 𝑟𝑟⃗ = 𝑎𝑎⃗2 + k𝑏𝑏�⃗2
-J S

intersect, then the shortest distance between them is zero.

IIT IN
2
K

27.The shortest distance between the lines in the Cartesian form

is given by

307
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

30.Equation of a plane which is at a distance of d from the origin and the direction cosines of
the normal to the plane are I, m, n is lx + my + nz = d.

31.The general equation of the plane is ax + by + cz + d = 0.

33.The equation of a plane perpendicular to a given line with direction ratios A, B and C and

EE TE
passing through a given point (x1, y1, z1) is A(x - x1) + B(y - y1) + C(z - z1) = 0

/N U
T
T
35.Reduction of the vector form of the equation of a plane to the Cartesian equation:
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

Then the Cartesian equation of a plane is,

2

36.The vector equation of the plane passing through the points having position vectors 𝑎𝑎⃗, 𝑏𝑏�⃗
K

and 𝑐𝑐⃗ is

37.The equation of a plane passing through three non-collinear points (x1, y1, z1), (x2, y2, z2)
and (x3, y3, z3) in the Cartesian form is

308
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
40.The Cartesian equation of a plane passing through the intersection of two planes
-J S
IIT IN

41.The equation of the planes bisecting the angles between the planes
2
K

43.If a line is perpendicular to a normal to the plane, then it is parallel to the plane.

44.If a line is parallel to a normal to the plane, then it is perpendicular to the plane.

45.The line 𝑟𝑟⃗ - 𝑎𝑎⃗ + k𝑏𝑏�⃗ lies in the plane 𝑟𝑟⃗ .𝑛𝑛�⃗ = d if 𝑎𝑎⃗ . 𝑛𝑛�⃗ = d and 𝑏𝑏�⃗ . 𝑛𝑛�⃗ = 0
309
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

EE TE
49.Let (x1, y1, z1) and (x2, y2, z2) be the coordinates of the points M and N, respectively. Let a1,

/N U �����⃗ and 𝑏𝑏
b1, c1 and a2, b2, c2 be the direction ratios of 𝑏𝑏 �����⃗ , respectively. The given lines are

T
1 2
coplanar if and only if,
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

51.The equation of the plane containing the lines

52.If 𝑛𝑛
�����⃗and
1 𝑛𝑛 2 are normals to the planes 𝑟𝑟
�����⃗ ⃗.𝑛𝑛 1 = d1 and 𝑟𝑟
�����⃗ ⃗.𝑛𝑛�⃗2 = d2, and 𝜃𝜃 is the angle between
the normals drawn from some common point, then

310
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

53.Let 𝜃𝜃 be the angle between two planes A1x + B1y + C1z + D1 = 0 and A2x + B2y + C2z + D2 = 0.

The direction ratios of the normal to the planes are A1, B1, C1 and A2, B2, C2.

54.The angle 𝜃𝜃 between the line and the normal to the plane is given by

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

311
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

312
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

Important Questions
Multiple Choice questions-
1. Distance between two planes:

2x + 3y + 4z = 5 and 4x + 6y + 8z = 12 is

(a) 2 units

(b) 4 units

(c) 8 units

EE TE
1
(d) units.
√29

2. The planes 2x – y + 4z = 3 and 5x – 2.5y +10 z = 6 are

/N U
T
(a) perpendicular
T
EE TI
(b) parallel

(c) intersect along y-axis

-J S

5
IIT IN

(d) passes through �0, 0, �

4

3. The co-ordinates of the foot of the perpendicular drawn from the point (2, 5, 7) on the
x-axis are given by:
2
K

(a) (2, 0, 0)

(b) (0, 5, 0)

(c) (0, 0, 7)

(d) (0, 5, 7).

4. If α, ß, γ are the angles that a line makes with the positive direction of x, y, z axis,
respectively, then the direction-cosines of the line are:

(a) < sin α, sin ß, sin γ >

(b) < cos α, cos ß, cos γ >

(c) < tan α, tan ß, tan γ >

(d) < cos² α, cos² ß, cos² γ >.

313
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

5. The distance of a point P (a, b, c) from x-axis is

(a) √𝑎𝑎2 + 𝑐𝑐 2

(b) √𝑎𝑎2 + 𝑏𝑏 2

(c) √𝑏𝑏 2 + 𝑐𝑐 2

(d) b² + c².

6. If the direction-cosines of a line are < k, k, k >, then

(a) k > 0

EE TE
(b) 0 < k < 1

(c) k = 1

(d) k =
1
or -
1

/N U
T
√3 √3
T
7. The reflection of the point (α, ß, γ) in the xy-plane is:
EE TI
(a) (α, ß, 0)
-J S

(b) (0, 0, γ)
IIT IN

(c) (-α, -ß, γ)

(d) (α, ß, -γ).

2

8. What is the distance (in units) between two planes:

K

3x + 5y + 7z = 3 and 9x + 15y + 21z = 9?

(a) 0

(b) 3
6
(c)
√83

(d) 6.

9. The equation of the line in vector form passing through the point (-1, 3, 5) and parallel
𝑥𝑥−3 𝑦𝑦−4
to line = , z = 2 is
2 3

(a) 𝑟𝑟⃗ = (-𝚤𝚤̂ + 3𝚥𝚥̂ + 5𝑘𝑘�) + λ (2𝚤𝚤̂ +3𝚥𝚥̂ + 𝑘𝑘�)

314
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

(b) 𝑟𝑟⃗ = (-𝚤𝚤̂ + 3𝚥𝚥̂ + 5𝑘𝑘�) + λ (2𝚤𝚤̂ + 3𝚥𝚥̂)

(c) 𝑟𝑟⃗ = (2𝚤𝚤̂ + 3𝚥𝚥̂ – 2𝑘𝑘�) + λ (-𝚤𝚤̂ + 3𝚥𝚥̂ + 5𝑘𝑘�)

(d) 𝑟𝑟⃗ = (2𝚤𝚤̂ + 3𝚥𝚥̂) + λ (-𝚤𝚤̂ + 3𝚥𝚥̂ + 5𝑘𝑘�).

𝑥𝑥−2 𝑦𝑦−1 𝑧𝑧−2
10. Let the line = = lie in the plane x + 3y – αz + ß = 0. Then (α, ß) equals:
3 −5 2

(a) (-6, -17)

(b) (5, -15)ss

(c) (-5, 5)

EE TE
(d) (6, -17).

Very Short Questions:

/N U
T
1 1
1. Find the acute angle which the line with direction-cosines < , , 𝑛𝑛 > makes with
T √3 √6
positive direction of z-axis. (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper 2018-19)
EE TI
2. Find the direction-cosines of the line.
-J S
IIT IN

3. If α, β, γ are direction-angles of a line, prove that cos 2a + cos 2P + cos 2y +1 = 0.

(N.C.E.R.T.)
2

4. Find the length of the intercept, cut off by the plane 2x + y – z = 5 on the x-axis.
K

(C.B.S.E. Outside Delhi 2019)

5. Find the length of the perpendicular drawn from the point P(3, -4,5) on the z-axis.

6. Find the vector equation of a plane, which is at a distance of 5 units from the origin
and whose normal vector is 2𝚤𝚤̂ − 𝚥𝚥̂ + 2𝑘𝑘�

7. If a line makes angles 90°, 135°, 45° with the x,y and z-axes respectively, find its
direction cosines.

8. Find the co-ordinates of the point where the line through the points A (3,4,1) and B
(5,1, 6) crosses the xy-plane.

9. find the vector equation of the line which passes through the point (3,4,5) and is
parallel to the vector 2𝚤𝚤̂ + 2𝚥𝚥̂ - 3𝑘𝑘�

Short Questions:
315
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

1. Find the acute angle between the lines whose direction-ratios are:

< 1,1,2 > and <-3, -4,1 >.

2. Find the angle between the following pair of lines:

and

and check whether the lines are parallel or perpendicular. (C.B.S.E. 2011)

3. Find the vector equation of the line joining (1.2.3) and (-3,4,3) and show that it is
perpendicular to the z-axis. (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper 2018-19)

EE TE
6
4. Find the vector equation of the plane, which is at a distance of
√29

/N U
units from the origin and its normal vector from the origin is 2𝚤𝚤̂ −3𝚥𝚥̂ + 4𝑘𝑘�. Also, find its

T
T
cartesian form. (N.C.E.R.T.)
EE TI
5. Find the direction-cosines of the unit vector perpendicular to the plane 𝑟𝑟⃗ ⋅(6𝚤𝚤̂ − 3𝚥𝚥̂ −
2𝑘𝑘�) +1 = 0 through the origin. (N.C.E.R.T.)
-J S

6. Find the acute angle between the lines

IIT IN
2

7. Find the angle between the line:

K

𝑟𝑟⃗ = (𝚤𝚤̂ − 𝚥𝚥̂ + 𝑘𝑘�) + λ(2𝚤𝚤̂ − 𝚥𝚥̂ + 3𝑘𝑘�) and the plane 𝑟𝑟⃗ ⋅(2𝚤𝚤̂ + 𝚥𝚥̂ − 𝑘𝑘�) = 4 Also, find whether the
line is parallel to the plane or not .

8. Find the value of ‘λ’, so that the lines:

1−𝑥𝑥 7𝑦𝑦−14 𝑧𝑧−3 7−7𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦−5 6−𝑧𝑧
= = and = = are at right angles. Also, find whether the lines
3 𝜆𝜆 2 3𝜆𝜆 1 5
are intersecting or not

Long Questions:
1. Find the shortest distance between the lines: 𝑟𝑟⃗ = (4𝚤𝚤̂ − 𝚥𝚥̂) + λ(𝚤𝚤̂ + 2𝚥𝚥̂ − 3𝑘𝑘�) and 𝑟𝑟⃗ = (𝚤𝚤̂ − 𝚥𝚥̂
+ 2𝑘𝑘�) + μ(2𝚤𝚤̂ + 4𝚥𝚥̂ − 5𝑘𝑘�) (C.B.S.E. 2018)

2. A line makes angles α, β, γ, δ with the four diagonals of a cube, prove that:

316
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

4
cos2 α + cos2 β + cos2 γ + cos2 δ= . (N.C.E.R.T.)
3

𝑥𝑥−1 𝑦𝑦−4 𝑧𝑧−4

3. Find the equation of the plane through the line = = and parallel to the line:
3 2 −2

𝑥𝑥+1 1−𝑦𝑦 𝑧𝑧+2

= =
2 4 1

Hence, find the shortest distance between the lines. (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper 2018-19)

4. Find the Vector and Cartesian equations of the plane passing through the points (2, 2,
-1), (3,4,2) and (7,0,6). Also, find the vector equation of a plane passing through
(4,3,1) and parallel to the plane obtained above. (C.B.S.E. 2019)

Case Study Questions:

EE TE
1. Suppose the floor of a hotel is made up of mirror polished Kota stone. Also, there is a
large crystal chandelier attached at the ceiling of the hotel. Consider the floor of the hotel

/N U
as a plane having equation x - 2y + 2z = 3 and crystal chandelier at the point (3, -2, 1).

T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

Based on the above information, answer the following questions.

(i) The d.r'.s of the perpendicular from the point (3, -2, 1) to the plane x - 2y + 2z = 3,
is:

317
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

a. < 1, 2, 2 >
b. < 1, -2, 2 >
c. < 2, 1, 2 >
d. < 2, -1, 2 >

(ii) The length of the perpendicular from the point (3, -2, 1) to the plane x - 2y +
2z = 3, is:

EE TE
(iii) The equation of the perpendicular from the point (3, -2, 1) to the plane x - 2y + 2z
= 3, is:

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

(iv) The equation of plane parallel to the plane x - 2y + 2z = 3, which is at a unit distance
from the point (3, -2, 1) is:
2

a. x - 2y + 2z = 0
K

b. x - 2y + 2z = 6
c. x - 2y + 2z = 12
d. Both (b) and (c)

(v)The image of the point (3, -2, 1) in the given plane is:

318
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

2. Consider the following diagram, where the forces in the cable are given.

EE TE
Based on the above information, answer the following questions.

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

319
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

Answer Key-
Multiple Choice questions-
1
1. Answer: (d) units.
√29

2. Answer: (b) parallel

3. Answer: (a) (2, 0, 0)

4. Answer: (b) < cos α, cos ß, cos γ >

5. Answer: (c) √𝑏𝑏 2 + 𝑐𝑐 2

6. Answer: (c) k = 1

7. Answer: (d) (α, ß, -γ).

320
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

8. Answer: (a) 0

9. Answer: (b) 𝑟𝑟⃗ = (-𝚤𝚤̂ + 3𝚥𝚥̂ + 5𝑘𝑘�) + λ (2𝚤𝚤̂ + 3𝚥𝚥̂)

10. Answer: (a) (-6, -17)

Very Short Answer:

1. Solution:

l2 + m2 + n2 = 1

EE TE
/N U
T
1
n2 = 1 –
2
T
1
EE TI
n2 =
2

1
-J S

n=
√2
IIT IN

1
Thus, cos α =
√2
𝜋𝜋
Hence, α = 45° or
2

4
K

2. Solution:

Its direction-ratios are <2, -1, 2>.

Hence, its direction- cosine are:

3. Solution:

321
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

Since α, β, γ are direction-angles of a line,

∴ cos2 α + cos2 β + cos2γ = 1

⇒ 1 + cos2α + 1 + cos2β + 1 + cos2γ = 2

⇒ cos 2α + cos 2β + cos 2γ + 1 = 0, which is true.

EE TE
4. Solution:

The given plane is2x + y – z = 5

/N U
T
T
EE TI
𝑥𝑥
Its intercepts are , 5 and -5.
5/2
-J S

𝑥𝑥
Hence, the length of the intercept on the x-axis is
5/2
IIT IN

Solution:

Length of the perpendicular from P (3, -4,5) on the z-axis

2
K

5. Solution:

322
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

6. Solution:

Direction cosines of the line are:

EE TE
< cos 90°, cos 135°, cos 45° >

/N U
T
T
7. Solution:
EE TI
The equations of the line through A (3,4,1) and B (5,1,6) are:
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

Any point on (1) is (3 + 2k,4- 3k, 1 + 5k) …. (2)

This lies on xy-plane (z = 0).

1
∴ 1 + 5k = 0 ⇒ k = −
5

2 3
Putting in (2), [ 3 - , 4 + , 1-1)
5 5

13 23
i.e. ( , , 0)
5 5

which are the reqd. co-ordinates of the point.

8. Solution:

The vector equation of the line is 𝑟𝑟⃗ = 𝑎𝑎⃗ + λ𝑚𝑚

��⃗

i.e., 𝑟𝑟⃗ = (3𝚤𝚤̂ + 4𝚥𝚥̂ + 5𝑘𝑘�) + λ(2𝚤𝚤̂ + 2𝚥𝚥̂ − 3𝑘𝑘�)

323
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

Short Answer:
1. Solution:

EE TE
2. Solution:

/N U
T
T
The given lines can be rewritten as:
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

Here < 2,7, – 3 > and < -1,2,4 > are direction- ratios of lines (1) and (2) respectively.
2
K

Hence, the given lines are perpendicular.

3. Solution:

Vector equation of the line passing through

324
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

∴ Line (1) is perpendicular to z-axis.

EE TE
4. Solution:

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

5. Solution:

325
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

Dividing (1) by 7,

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S

6. Solution:
IIT IN

Vector in the direction of first line

2
K

Vector in the direction of second line

∴ θ, the angle between two given lines is given by:

326
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

EE TE
7. Solution:

/N U
T
The given line is:T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

If ‘θ’ is the angle between the line and the plane,

2
K

Then

Hence, the line is parallel to the plane.

8. Solution:
327
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

(i) The given lines are

These are perpendicular if:

EE TE
Hence λ = 1.

/N U
T
(ii) The direction cosines of line (1) are <-3,1,2>
T
The direction cosines of line (2) are < -3,1, -5 >
EE TI
Clearly, the lines are intersecting.
-J S

Long Answer:
IIT IN

1. Solution:
2

Comparing given equations with:

K

328
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

2. Solution:

Let O be the origin and OA, OB, OC (each = a) be the axes.

329
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

EE TE
Thus the co-ordinates of the points are :

O (0,0,0), A (a, 0,0), B (0, a, 0), C (0,0, a),

/N U
T
P (a, a, a), L (0, a, a), M (a, 0, a), N (a, a, 0).
T
Here OP, AL, BM and CN are four diagonals.
EE TI
Let < l, m, n > be the direction-cosines of the given line.
-J S

Now direction-ratios of OP are:

IIT IN

<a-0,a-0,a-0>i.e.<a,a,a>

i.e. < 1,1,1 >,

2
K

direction-ratios of AL are:

<0-a, a-0, a-0> i.e. <-a,a,a>

i.e. <-l, 1,1 >,

direction-ratios of BM are:

<a-0,0-a, a-0>

i.e. <a,-a,a> i.e. < 1,-1, 1 >

and direction-ratios of CN are:

<a-0,a-0,0-a> i.e. <a,a,-a>

i.e. < 1,1,-1 >.

330
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

Thus the direction-cosines of OP are:

the direction-cosines of AL are:

the direction-cosines of BM are:

EE TE
and the direction-cosines of CN are:

/N U
T
T
If the given line makes an angle ‘a’ with OP, then:
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

Squaring and adding (1), (2), (3) and (4), we get:

cos2 α + cos2 β + cos2 γ + cos2δ

331
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

+ (l-m + n)2 + (l + m — n)2]

3. Solution:

The two given lines are:

EE TE
Let <a, b, c> be the direction-ratios of the normal to the plane containing line (1).

/N U
∴ Equation of the plane is:

T
T
a(x- l) + b(y-4) + c(z-4) …(3),
EE TI
where 3a + 2b – 2c = 0 …(4)
-J S

[∵ Reqd. plane contains line (1)] and 2a – 4b + 1.c = 0

IIT IN

[∵ line (1) a parallel to the reqd. plane] Solving (4) and (5),
2
K

Putting in (3),

6k(x- 1) + 7k(y – 4) + 16k(z – 4) = 0

= 6(x – 1) + 7(y – 4) + 16(z – 4) =0

[∵k ≠ 0]

⇒ 6x + 7y+ 16z-98 = 0,

which is the required equation of the plane.

Now, S.D. between two lines = perpendicular distance of (-1,1, – 2) from the plane

332
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

6(-1) + 7(1) +16(-2) – 98

V(6)2 + (7)2 + (16)2

-6 + 7-32-98 V36 + 49 + 256

4. Solution:

EE TE
(i) Cartesian equations

Any plane through (2,2, -1) is:

/N U
T
a(x – 2) + b(y- 2) + c(z + 1) = 0 … (1)
T
Since the plane passes through the points (3,4,2) and (7,0,6),
EE TI
∴ a(3 – 2) + b(4 – 2) + c(2 +1) = 0
-J S

and a(7 – 2) + b(0 – 2) + c(6 + 1) = 0

IIT IN

⇒ a + 2b + 3c = 0 …(2)

and 5a – 2b + 7c = 0 …(3)
2
K

∴ a = 5k,b = 2k and c = -3k,

Putting the values of a, b, c in (1), we get:

5k(x – 2) + 2k(y – 2) – 3k(z + 1) = 0

⇒ 5(x-2) + 2(y-2)-3(z+ 1) =0[∵ k ≠ 0]

=» 5x- 10 + 2y-4-3z-3 = 0

=» 5x + 2y-3z-17 = 0, …(4)

333
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

which is the reqd. Cartesian equation.

(ii) Any plane parallel to (4) is

5x + 2y – 3z + λ – 0 … (5)

Since it passes through (4, 3,1),

5(4) + 2(3) – 3(1) + λ = 0

⇒ 20 + 6 — 3 + λ = 0

EE TE
⇒ λ = -23.

Putting in (5), 5x + 2y – 3z – 23 = 0, which is the reqd. equation.

/N U
T
T
Case Study Answers:
EE TI
1. Answer :
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

334
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

335
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S

2. Answer :
IIT IN
2
K

336
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 THREE-DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
11

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

337
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 Chapter 12: Linear Programming

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

338
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12
Mathematics

LINEAR PROGRAMMING

Top Concepts

1. Linear programming is the process of taking various linear inequalities relating to some
situation and finding the best value obtainable under those conditions.

2. Linear programming is part of a very important branch of mathematics called

‘Optimization Techniques’.

EE TE
3. Problems which seek to maximise (or minimise) profit (or cost) form a general class of
problems called optimisation problems.

/N U
T
4. A problem which seeks to maximise or minimise a linear function, subject to certain
T
constraints as determined by a set of linear inequalities, is called an optimisation
problem.
EE TI
5. A linear programming problem may be defined as the problem of maximising or
-J S

minimising a linear function subject to linear constraints. The constraints may be

equalities or inequalities.
IIT IN

6. Objective function: The linear function Z = ax + by, where a and b are constants and x and
y are decision variables, which has to be maximised or minimised is called a linear
2

objective function. An objective function represents cost, profit or some other quantity
K

to be maximised or minimised subject to constraints.

7. Linear inequalities or equations which are derived from the application problem are
problem constraints.

8. Linear inequalities or equations or restrictions on the variables of a linear programming

problem are called constraints.

9. The conditions x≥0 and y ≥ 0 are called non-negative restrictions. Non-negative

constraints are included because x and y are usually the number of items produced and
one cannot produce a negative number of items. The smallest number of items one could
produce is zero. These conditions are not (usually) stated; they are implied.

10. A linear programming problem is one which is concerned with finding the optimal value
(maximum or minimum value) of a linear function (called objective function) of several
variables (say x and y) subject to the conditions that the variables are non-negative and
339
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

satisfy a set of linear inequalities (called linear constraints).

11. In linear programming, the term linear implies that all the mathematical relations used
in the problem are linear while programming refers to the method of determining a
particular program me or plan of action.

12. Forming a set of linear inequalities (constraints) for a given situation is called formulation
of the linear programming problem (LPP).

13. Mathematical formulation of linear programming problems

Step I: In every LPP, certain decisions are to be made. These decisions are represented by
decision variables. These decision variables are those quantities whose values are to be
determined. Identify the variables and denote them as x1, x2, x3 …. or x, y and z etc.

EE TE
Step II: Identify the objective function and express it as a linear function of the variables
introduced in Step I.

/N U
T
Step III: In a LPP, the objective function may be in the form of maximising profits or
T
minimising costs. Hence, identify the type of optimisation, i.e., maximisation or
EE TI
minimisation.

Step IV: Identify the set of constraints stated in terms of decision variables and express
-J S

them as linear inequations or equations as the case may be.

IIT IN

Step V: Add the non-negativity restrictions on the decision variables, as in the physical
problems. Negative values of decision variables have no valid interpretation.
2

14. General LPP is of the form

K

Max (or min) Z = c1x1 + c2x2 + . . . + cnxn, where c1,c2, . . . cn are constants and x1, x2, ... xn
are called decision variables such that Ax ≤ (≥)B and xi ≥ 0.

15. A linear inequality in two variables represents a half plane geometrically. There are two
types of half planes:

340
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
16.A set of values of the decision variables which satisfy the constraints of a linear
-J S

programming problem is called a solution of LPP.

IIT IN

17. The common region determined by all the constraints including non-negative constraints
x, y ≥ 0 of a linear programming problem is called the feasible region (or solution region)
for the problem. The region other than the feasible region is called the infeasible region.
2

18. Points within and on the boundary of the feasible region represent the feasible solution
K

of the constraints.

19. Any point in the feasible region which gives the optimal value (maximum or minimum)
of the objective function is called an optimal solution.

20. Any point outside the feasible region is called an infeasible solution.

21. A corner point of a feasible region is the intersection of two boundary lines.

22. A feasible region of a system of linear inequalities is said to be bounded if it can be

enclosed within a circle.

23. Corner Point Theorem 1: Let R be the feasible region (convex polygon) for a linear
programming problem and let Z = ax + by be the objective function. When Z has an
optimal value (maximum or minimum), where the variables x and y are subject to
constraints described by linear inequalities, the optimal value must occur at a corner
341
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

point (vertex) of the feasible region.

24. Corner Point Theorem 2: Let R be the feasible region for a linear programming problem
and let Z = ax + by be the objective function. If R is bounded, then the objective function
Z has both a maximum and a minimum value on R and each of these occurs at a corner
point (vertex) of R.

25. If R is unbounded, then a maximum or a minimum value of the objective function may
not exist.

26. The graphical method for solving linear programming problems in two unknowns is as
follows:
A. Graph the feasible region.

EE TE
B. Compute the coordinates of the corner points.
C. Substitute the coordinates of the corner points into the objective function to see

/N U
which gives the optimal value.

T
D. When the feasible region is bounded, M and m are the maximum and minimum
T
values of Z.
EE TI
E. If the feasible region is not bounded, then this method can be misleading. Optimal
solutions always exist when the feasible region is bounded but may or may not exist
-J S

when the feasible region is unbounded.

IIT IN

i. M is the maximum value of Z if the open half plane determined by ax + by > M

has no point in common with the feasible region. Otherwise, Z has no maximum
value.
2

ii. Similarly, m is the minimum value of Z if the open half plane determined by ax +
K

by < m has no point in common with the feasible region. Otherwise, Z has no
minimum value.

27. Points within and on the boundary of the feasible region represent the feasible solutions
of the constraints.

28. If two corner points of the feasible region are both optimal solutions of the same type,
i.e., both produce the same maximum or minimum for the function, then any point on
the line segment joining these two points is also an optimal solution of the same type.

29. Types of Linear Programming Problems

i. Manufacturing problems: Problems dealing with the determination of the number

of units of different products to be produced and sold by a firm, when each product
requires fixed manpower, machine hours and labour hour per unit of product, in
order to make maximum profit.
342
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

ii. Diet problems: Problems dealing with the determination of the amount of different
kinds of nutrients which should be included in a diet so as to minimise the cost of
the desired diet such that it contains a certain minimum amount of each
constituent/nutrient.

iii. Transportation problems: Problems dealing with the determination of the

transportation schedule for the cheapest way to transport a product from
plants/factories situated at different locations to different markets.

30. Advantages of LPP

i. The linear programming technique helps to make the best possible use of the
available productive resources (such as time, labour, machines etc.).

EE TE
ii. A significant advantage of linear programming is highlighting of such bottle necks.

31. Disadvantages of LPP

/N U
T
i. Linear programming is applicable only to problems where the constraint and
T
objective functions are linear, i.e., where they can be expressed as equations which
EE TI
represent straight lines.

ii. Factors such as uncertainty, weather conditions etc. are not taken into
-J S

consideration.
IIT IN
2
K

343
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

344
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

Important Questions
Multiple Choice questions-
1. The point which does not lie in the half plane 2x + 3y -12 < 0 is

(a) (1, 2)

(b) (2, 1)

(c) (2, 3)

(d) (-3, 2).

EE TE
2. The corner points of the feasible region determined by the following system of linear
inequalities:

/N U
2x + y ≤ 10, x + 3y ≤ 15, x, y ≥ 0 are (0, 0), (5, 0), (3, 4) and (0, 5).

T
T
Let Z = px + qy, where p, q > 0. Conditions on p and q so that the maximum of Z occurs
at both (3, 4) and (0, 5) is
EE TI
(a) p = 3q
-J S

(b) p = 2q
IIT IN

(c) p = q

(d) q = 3p.
2
K

3. The corner points of the feasible region determined by the system of linear
constraints are (0, 10), (5, 5), (15, 15), (0, 20). Let Z = px + qy, where p, q > 0. Condition
on p and q so that the maximum of Z occurs at both the points (15, 15) and (0, 20) is

(a) p = q

(b) p = 2q

(c) q = 2p

(d) q = 3p.

4. The feasible solution for a LPP is shown in the following figure. Let Z = 3x – 4y be the
objective function.

345
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

Minimum of Z occurs at:

(a) (0, 0)

(b) (0, 8)

EE TE
(c) (5, 0)

(d) (4, 10).

/N U
T
5. The corner points of the feasible region determined by the system of linear
T
constraints are (0, 10), (5, 5), (15, 15), (0, 20). Let Z = px + qy, where p, q> 0. Condition
EE TI
on p and q so that the maximum of Z occurs at both the points (15, 15) and (0, 20) is
Maximum of Z occurs at:
-J S

(a) (5, 0)
IIT IN

(b) (6, 5)

(c) (6, 8)
2

(d) (4, 10).

K

Very Short Questions:

1. Draw the graph of the following LPP:

5x + 2y ≤ 10, x ≥ 0,y ≥ 0.

2. Solve the system of linear inequations: x + 2y ≤ 10; 2x + y ≤ 8.

3. Find the linear constraints for which the shaded area in the figure below is the
solution set:

346
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

4. A small firm manufactures neclaces and bracelets. The total number of neclaces and
bracelets that it can handle per day is at most 24. It takes one hour to make a bracelet

EE TE
and half an hour to make a neclace. The maximum number of hours available per
day is 16. If the profit on a neclace is ₹100 and that on a bracelet is ₹300. Formulate
an LPP for finding how many of each should be produced daily to maximize the
profit?
/N U
T
T
It is being given that at least one of each must be produced. (C.B.S.E. 2017)
EE TI
5. Old hens can be bought for? 2.00 each and young ones at? 5.00 each. The old hens
lay 3 eggs per week and the young hens lay 5 eggs per week, each egg being worth
-J S

30 paise. A hen costs ₹1.00 per week to feed. A man has only ₹80 to spend for hens.
Formulate the problem for maximum profit per week, assuming that he cannot
IIT IN

house more than 20 hens.

Long Questions:
2
K

1. Maximize Z-5x + 3y

subject to the constraints:

3x + 5y ≤ 15, 5x + 2y ≤ 10, x ≥ 0,y ≥ 0. (N.C.E.R.T)

2. Minimize Z = 3x + 2y subject to the constraints:

x +y ≥ 8, 3x + 5y ≤ 15, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0. (N.C.E.R.T.)

3. Determine graphically the minimum value of the objective function :

Z = – 50x + 20y

subject to the constraints:

2x-y ≥ – 5, 3x +y ≥ 3, 2x – 3y ≤ 12, x,y ≥ 0. (N.C.E.R.T.)

347
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

Hence, find the shortest distance between the lines. (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper 2018-19)

2. Minimize and Maximize Z = 5x + 2y subject to the following constraints: x – 2y ≤ 2,

3x + 2y < 12, -3x + 2y ≤ 3, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0. (A.I.C.B.S.E. 2015)

Assertion and Reason Questions:

1. Two statements are given-one labelled Assertion (A) and the other labelled Reason
(R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes(a), (b), (c) and (d) as
given below.

a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.

EE TE
c) A is true but R is false.
d) A is false and R is true.
e) Both A and R are false.

/N U
T
Consider the graph of 2x+3y≤12, 3x+2y≤12, x≥0, y≥0.
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

Assertion(A): (5, 1) is an infeasible solution of the problem.

Reason (R): Any point inside the feasible region is called an infeasible solution.

2. Two statements are given-one labelled Assertion (A) and the other labelled Reason
(R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes(a), (b), (c) and (d) as
given below.

a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c) A is true but R is false.
d) A is false and R is true.
e) Both A and R are false.

Consider the graph of constraints

348
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

5x + y ≤ 100, x + y ≤ 60, x, y ≥ 0

Assertion (A): The points (10, 50), (0, 60) and (20, 0) are feasible solutions.

Reason(R): Points within and on the boundary of the feasible region represents
infeasible solutions.

Case Study Questions:

1. Suppose a dealer in rural area wishes to purpose a number of sewing machines. He
has only ₹ 5760 to invest and has space for at most 20 items for storage. An electronic
sewing machine costs him ₹ 360 and a manually operated sewing machine ₹ 240. He can
sell an electronic sewing machine at a profit of ₹ 22 and a manually operated sewing

EE TE
machine at a profit of ₹ 18.

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

Based on the above information, answer the following questions.

(i) Let x and y denotes the number of electronic sewing machines and manually
operated sewing machines purchased by the dealer. If it is assume that the dealer
purchased atleast one of the the given machines, then:

a. X+y≥0
b. X+y<0
c. X+y>0
d. X+y≤0

(ii) Let the constraints in the given problem is represented by the following
inequalities.

349
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

Then which of the following point lie in its feasible region.

a. (0, 24)
b. (8, 12)
c. (20, 2)
d. None of these

EE TE
(iii) If the objective function of the gi ven problem is maximise z = 22x + 18y, then
its optimal value occur at:

a. (0, 0)
b. (16, 0)
/N U
T
c. (8, 12)
T
d. (0, 20)
EE TI
(iv) Suppose the following shaded region APDO, represent the feasible region
-J S

corresponding to mathematical formulation of given problem.

IIT IN

Then which of the following represent the coordinates of one of its corner points
2
K

a. (0, 24)
b. (12, 8)
350
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

c. (8, 12)
d. (6, 14)

(v)If an LPP admits optimal solution at two consecutive vertices of a feasible region,
then:

a. The required optimal solution is at the midpoint of the tine joining two points.
b. The optimal solution occurs at every point on the tine joining these two
points.
c. The LPP under consideration is not solvable.
d. The LPP under consideration must be reconstructed.

2. Corner points of the feasible region for an LPP are (0, 3), (5, 0), (6, 8), (0, 8). Let Z = 4x

EE TE
- 6y be the objective function.

Based on the above information, answer the following questions.

/N U
(i) The minimum value of Z occurs at:

T
T
a. (6, 8)
EE TI
b. (5, 0)
c. (0, 3)
-J S

d. (0, 8)
IIT IN

(ii) Maximum value of Z occurs at:

a. (5, 0)
2

b. (0, 8)
c. (0, 3)
K

d. (6, 8)

(iii) Maximum of Z - Minimum of Z =

a. 58
b. 68
c. 78
d. 88

(iv) The corner points of the feasible region determined by the system of linear
inequalities are:

351
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

EE TE
a. (0, 0), (-3, 0), (3, 2). (2, 3)
b.
/N U
(3, 0), (3, 2), (2, 3), (0, -3)

T
c. (0, 0), (3, 0), (3, 2), (2, 3), (0, 3)
T
d. None of these
EE TI
(v)The feasible solution of LPP belongs to:
-J S

a. First and second quadrant.

IIT IN

b. First and third quadrant.

c. Only second quadrant.
d. Only first quadrant.
2

Answer Key-
K

Multiple Choice questions-

1. Answer: (c) (2, 3)

2. Answer: (d) q = 3p.

3. Answer: (d) q = 3p.

4. Answer: (b) (0, 8)

5. Answer: (a) (5, 0)

Very Short Answer:

1. Solution:

Draw the line AB: 5.v + 2y = 10 …(1),

352
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

which meets x-axis at A (2, 0) and y-axis at B (0,5).

Also, x = 0 is y-axis and y = 0 is x-axis.

Hence, the graph of the given LPP is as shown (shaded):

EE TE
2. Solution:

/N U
T
Draw the st. lines x + 2y = 10 and 2x + y = 8.
T
EE TI
These lines meet at E (2,4).

Hence, the solution of the given linear inequations is shown as shaded in the following
-J S

figure :
IIT IN
2
K

3. Solution:

From the above shaded portion, the linear constraints are :

2x + y ≥ 2,x – y ≤ 1,

x + 2y ≤ 8, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0.

353
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

4. Solution:

Let ‘x’ neclaces and ‘y’ bracelets be manufactured per day.

Then LPP problem is:

Maximize Z = 100x+300y

Subject to the constraints : x + y ≤ 24,

1
(1) (x) + y ≤ l6,
2

i.e. 2x + y ≤ 32

EE TE
and x ≥ 1

and y ≥ 1

i.e. x – 1 ≥ 0
/N U
T
and y – 1 ≥ 0.
T
EE TI
5. Solution:
-J S

Let ‘x’ be the number of old hens and ‘y’ the number of young hens.
IIT IN

30
Profit = (3x + 5y) – (x + y) (1)
100

9𝑥𝑥 3
= + yx – y
2

10 2
K

𝑦𝑦 𝑥𝑥 5𝑦𝑦−𝑥𝑥
= − =
2 10 10

∴ LPP problem is:

5𝑦𝑦−𝑥𝑥
Maximize Z = subject to:
10

x ≥ 0,

y ≥ 0,

x + y ≤ 20 and

2x + 5y ≤ 80.

Long Answer:
1. Solution:
354
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

The system of constraints is :

3x + 5y ≤ 15 …(1)

5x + 2y ≤ 10 …(2)

and x ≥ 0, y≥ 0 …(3)

The shaded region in the following figure is the feasible region determined by the
system of constraints (1) – (3):

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

It is observed that the feasible region OCEB is bounded. Thus we use Corner Point
Method to determine the maximum value of Z, where:

Z = 5x + 3y …(4)
2
K

20 45
The co-ordinates of O, C, E and B are (0, 0), (2,0), � , � (Solving 3x + 5y = 15 and
19 19
5x + 2y – 10) and (0, 3) respectively.

We evaluate Z at each comer point:

355
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

EE TE
2. Solution:

/N U
T
The system of constraints is :
T
x +y ≥ 8, , x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0…(1)
EE TI
3x + 5y ≤ 15 …(2)
-J S

and x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 …(3)
IIT IN
2
K

It is observed that there is no point, which satisfies all (1) – (3) simultaneously.

Thus there is no feasible region.

Hence, there is no feasible solution.

Solution:

The system of constraints is :

356
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

2x-y ≥ – 5 …(1)

3x +y ≥ 3 …(2)

2x – 3y ≤ 12 …(3)

and x,y ≥ 0 …(4)

The shaded region in the following figure is the feasible region determined by the
system of constraints (1) – (4).

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S

t is observed that the feasible region is unbounded.

IIT IN

We evaluate Z = – 50x + 20y at the corner points:

A (1, 0), B (6, 0), C (0, 5) and D (0, 3):

2
K

From the table, we observe that – 300 is the minimum value of Z.

But the feasible region is unbounded.

357
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

∴ – 300 may or may not be the minimum value of Z. ”

For this, we draw the graph of the inequality.

– 50x + 20y < – 300

i.e. – 5x + 2y < – 30.

Since the remaining half-plane has common points with the feasible region,

∴ Z = – 50x + 20y has no minimum value.

3. Solution:

EE TE
The given system of constraints is:

x – 2y ≤ 2 …(1)
/N U
T
3x + 2y < 12 …(2)
T
EE TI
-3x + 2y ≤ 3 …(3)

and x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0.
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

The shaded region in the above figure is the feasible region determined by the
system of constraints (1) – (4). It is observed that the feasible region OAHGF is
bounded. Thus we use Corner Point Method to determine the maximum and
minimum value of Z, where

358
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

Z = 5x + 2y …(5)

The co-ordinates of O, A, H, G and F are :

7 3 3 15 3
(0, 0). (2. 0), � , � and � , , �
2 4 2 4 2

respectively. [Solving x

2y = 2 and 3x + 2y = 12 for

H and -3x + 2y = 3 and

3x + 2y = 12 for G]

EE TE
We evaluate Z at each corner point:

/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

Case Study Answers:

1. Answer :

(i) (c) x+y>0

(ii) (b) (8, 12)

Solution:

359
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

Since (8, 12) satisfy all the inequalities, therefore (8, 12) is the point in its feasible
region.

(iii) (c) (8, 12)

Solution:

At (0, 0), z = 0

At (16, 0), z = 352

At (8, 12), z = 392

At (0, 20), z = 360

EE TE
It can be observed that max z occur at (8, 12). Thus, z will attain its optimal value at
(8, 12).

/N U
T
(iv) (c) (8, 12)
T
Solution:
EE TI
We have, x + y = 20 (i)
-J S

And 3x + 2y = 48 (ii)
IIT IN

On solving (i) and (ii), we get

2

x = 8, y = 12.
K

Thus, the coordinates of Pare (8, 12) and hence (8, 12) is one of its corner points.

(v)(b) The optimal solution occurs at every point on the tine joining these two points.

Solution:

The optimal solution occurs at every point on the line joining these two points.

2. Answer :
Construct the following table of values of objective function:
Corner Points Value of Z = 4x - 6y
(0, 3) 4 × 0 - 6 × 3 = -18
(5, 0) 4 × 5 - 6 × 0 = 20
(6, 8) 4 × 6 - 6 × 8 = -24

360
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 LINEAR PROGRAMMING
12

(0, 8) 4 × 0 - 6 × 8 = -48

(i) (d) (0, 8)

Solution:

Minimum value of Z is -48 which occurs at (0, 8).

(ii) (a) (5, 0)

Solution:

Maximum value of Z is 20, which occurs at (5, 0).

EE TE
(iii) (b) 68

Solution:

/N U
T
Maximum of Z - Minimum of Z = 20 - (-48) = 20 + 48 = 68
T
EE TI
(iv) (c) (0, 0), (3, 0), (3, 2), (2, 3), (0, 3)

Solution:
-J S

The comer points of the feasible region are O(0, 0), A(3, 0), B(3, 2), C(2, 3), D(0, 3).
IIT IN

(v)(d) Only first quadrant.

2

Assertion and Reason Answers:

K

1. c) A is true but R is false.

2. c) A is true but R is false.

361
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 Chapter 13: Probability

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

362
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

PROBABILITY

1. Probability is a quantitative measure of certainty.

2. In the experimental approach to probability, we find the probability of the occurrence of

an event by actually performing the experiment a number of times and adequate recording
of the happening of event.

3. In the theoretical approach to probability, we try to predict what will happen without
actually performing the experiment.

4. The experimental probability of an event approaches to its theoretical probability if the

EE TE
number of trials of an experiment is very large.

5. An outcome is a result of a single trial of an experiment.

/N U
T
6. The word 'experiment' means an operation which can produce some well-defined
T
outcome(s).
EE TI
There are two types of experiments:
-J S

i. Deterministic experiments: Experiments which when repeated under identical

conditions produce the same results or outcomes are called deterministic
IIT IN

experiments.

ii. Random or Probabilistic experiment: If an experiment, when repeated under identical

2

conditions, do not produce the same outcome every time but the outcome in a trial is
K

one of the several possible outcomes, then it is known as a random or probabilistic

experiment.

In this chapter, the term experiment will stand for random experiment.

7. The collection of all possible outcomes is called the sample space.

8. An outcome of a random experiment is called an elementary event.

9. An event associated to a random experiment is a compound event if it is obtained by

combining two or more elementary events associated to the random experiment.

10.An event A associated to a random experiment is said to occur if any one of the elementary
events associated to the event A is an outcome.

11.An elementary event is said to be favourable to a compound event A, if it satisfies the

definition of the compound event A. In other words, an elementary event E is favourable
363
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

to a compound event A, if we say that the event A occurs when E is an outcome of a trial.

12.In an experiment, if two or more events have equal chances to occur or have equal
probabilities, then they are called equally likely events.

13.The theoretical probability (also called classical probability) of an event E, written as P

(E), is defined as.

14.For two events A and B of an experiment:

EE TE
If P(A) > P(B) then event A is more likely to occur than event B.

If P(A) = P(B) then events A and B are equally likely to occur.

/N U
T
15.An event is said to be sure event if it always occur whenever the experiment is performed.
T
The probability of sure event is always one. In case of sure event elements are same as the
sample space.
EE TI
16.An event is said to be impossible event if it never occur whenever the experiment is
-J S

performed. The probability of an impossible event is always zero. Also, the number of
favourable outcome is zero for an impossible event.
IIT IN

17.Probability of an event lies between 0 and 1, both inclusive, i.e., 0 ≤ P (A) ≤1

2

18.If E is an event in a random experiment then the event ’not E’ (denoted by 𝐸𝐸 ) is called the
complementary event corresponding to E.
K

19.The sum of the probabilities of all elementary events of an experiment is 1.

20.For an event E, P(𝐸𝐸) = 1 - P(E) , where the event 𝐸𝐸 representing ’not E” is the complement
of event E.

21.Suits of Playing Card

A pack of playing cards consist of 52 cards which are divided into 4 suits of 13 cards each.
Each suit consists of one ace, one king, one queen, one jack and 9 other cards numbered
from 2 to 10. Four suits are named as spades, hearts, diamonds and clubs.

364
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

22.Face Cards

King, queen and jack are face cards.

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN

23.The formula for finding the geometric probability of an event is given by:
2
K

Here, ‘measure’ may denote length, area or volume of the region or space.

365
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

366
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

Important Questions
Multiple Choice questions-
1
1. If P(A) = , P(B) = 0, then P (A/B) is
2

(a) 0
1
(b)
2

(c) not defined

(d) 1.

EE TE
2. If A and B are events such that P (A/B) = P(B/A), then

(a) A ⊂ B but A ≠ B
/N U
T
(b) A = B
T
EE TI
(c) A ∩ B = ø
-J S

(d) P (A) = P (B).

IIT IN

3. The probability of obtaining an even prime number on each die when a pair of dice is
rolled is

(a) 0
2
K

1
(b)
3

1
(c)
12

1
(d)
36

4. Two events A and B are said to be independent if:

(a) A and B are mutually exclusive

(b) P (A’B’) = [1 – P(A)] [1 – P(B)]

(c) P (A) = P (B)

(d) P (A) + P (B) = 1.

367
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

4
5. Probability that A speaks truth is . A coin is tossed. A reports that a head appears.
5
The probability that actually there was head is:
4
(a)
5

1
(b)
2

1
(c)
5

2
(d)
5

6. If A and B are two events such that A ⊂ B and P (B) ≠ 0, then which of the following is

EE TE
correct
𝑝𝑝(𝐵𝐵)
(a) P (A / B) =

/N U
𝑝𝑝(𝐴𝐴)

T
(b) P (A/B) < P (A)
T
(c) P (A/B) ≥ P (A)
EE TI
(d) None of these.
-J S

7. If A and B are two events such that P (A) ≠ 0 and P (B/A) = 1, then
IIT IN

(a) A ⊂ B

(b) B ⊂ A
2
K

(c) B = ø

(d) A = ø

8. If P (A/B) > P (A), then which of the following is correct?

(a) P (B/A) < P (B)

(b) P (A ∩ B) < P (A).P(B)

(c) P (B/A) > P (B)

(d) P (B/A) = P (B).

9. If A and B are any two events such that

P (A) + P (B) – P (A and B) = P (A), then:

368
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

(a) P (B/A) = 1

(b) P (A/B) = 1

(c) P (B/A) = 0

(d) P (A/B) = 0

10. Suppose that two cards are drawn at random from a deck of cards. Let X be the
number of aces obtained. What is the value of E (X)?
37
(a)
221

5
(b)

EE TE
13

1
(c)
13

/N U
T
(d)
13
T
Very Short Questions:
EE TI
1. If A and B are two independent event, prove that A’ and B are also independent.
-J S

(C.B.S.E. Sample Paper 2018-19)

IIT IN

2. One card is drawn from a pack of 52 cards so that each card is equally likely to be
se-lected. Prove that the following cases are in-dependent:
2

• A: “The card drawn is a spade”

K

B: “The card drawn is an ace.” (N.C.E.R.T.)

• A: “The card drawn is black”

B: “The card drawn is a king.” (.N.C.E.R.T.)

3. A pair of coins is tossed once. Find the probability of showing at least one head.

4. P(A) = 0.6, P(B) = 0. 5 and P(A/B) = 0.3, then find P(A∪ B) (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper
2018-19)

5. One bag contains 3 red and 5 black balls. Another bag contains 6 red and 4 black
balls. A ball is transferred from first bag to the second bag and then a ball is drawn
from the second bag. Find the probability that the ball drawn is red. (C.B.S.E. Sample
Paper 2018-19)

369
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

5 2
6. Evaluate P(A ∪ B), if 2P(A) = P(B) = and P(A/B) = (C.B.S.E. 2018 C)
13 5

Short Questions:
1. Given that A and B are two independent events such that P(A) = 0.3 and P(B) = 0.5.
Find P(A/B). (C.B.S.E. 2019 C)

2. A bag contains 3 white and 2 red balls, another bag contains 4 white and 3 red balls.
One ball is drawn at random from each bag.

Find the probability that the balls drawn are one white and one red. (C.B.S.E. 2019
C)
1 1 1

EE TE
3. The probabilities of A, B and C solving a problem independently are , and
2 3 4
respectively. If all the three try to solve the problem independently, find the
probability that the problem is solved. (C.B.S.E. 2019 C)

/N U
T
4. A die marked 1, 2, 3 in red and 4, 5, 6 in green is tossed. Let A be the event “number
T
is even” and B be the event “number is marked red”. Find whether the events A and
B are independent or not. {Delhi 2019)
EE TI
5. A die is thrown 6 times. If “getting an odd number” is a success, what is the
-J S

probability of (i) 5 successes (ii) at most 5 successes? (Delhi 2019)

IIT IN

6. The random variable ‘X’ has a probability distribution P(X) of the following form,
where ‘k’ is some number:
2
K

Determine the value of ‘P. (Outside Delhi 2019)

7. Out of 8 outstanding students of a school, in which there are 3 boys and 5 girls, a
team of 4 students is to be selected for a quiz competition. Find the probability that
2 boy and 2 girls are selected. (Outside Delhi 2019)

8. 12 cards numbered 1 to 12 (one number on one card), are placed in a box and mixed
up thoroughly. Then a card is drawn at random from the box. If it is known that the
number on the drawn card is greater than 5, find the probability that the card bears
an odd number. {Outside Delhi 2019)

Long Questions:
370
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

1. A black and a red die are rolled together. Find the conditional probability of
obtaining the sum 8, given that the red die resulted in a number less than 4. (C.B.S.E.
2018)

2. Two numbers are selected at random (with-out replacement) from the first five
positive integers. Let X denote the larger of the two numbers obtained. Find the
mean and variance of X.
3 5
3. The probabilities of two students A and B coming to the school in time are and
7 7
respectively. Assuming that the events, ‘A coming in time’ and ‘B coming in time’ are
independent, find the probability of only one of them coming to the school in time.
(A.I.C.B.S.E. 2013)

EE TE
4. A speaks truth in 80% cases and B speaks truth in 90% cases. In what percentage of
cases are they likely to agree with each other in stating the same fact? (C.B.S.E.
Sample Paper 2019-20)

/N U
T
Case Study Questions:T
1. In an office three employees Vinay, Sonia and Iqbal process incoming copies of a
EE TI
certain form. Vinay process 50% of the forms, Sonia processes 20% and Iqbal the
remaining 30% of the forms. Vinay has an error rate of 0.06, Sonia has an error rate of
-J S

0.04 and Iqbal has an error rate of 0.03.

IIT IN
2
K

Based on the above information, answer the following questions.

(i) The conditional probability that an error is committed in processing given that
Sonia processed the form is:

a. 0.0210
371
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

b. 0.04
c. 0.47
d. 0.06

(ii) The probability that Sonia processed the form and committed an error is:

a. 0.005
b. 0.006
c. 0.008
d. 0.68

(iii) The total probability of committing an error in processing the form is:

EE TE
a. 0
b. 0.047
c. 0.234
d. 1

/N U
T
(iv) The manager of the company wants to do a quality check. During inspection he
T
selects a form at random from the days output of processed forms. If the form
EE TI
selected at random has an error, the probability that the form is NOT processed
by Vinay is:
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

a. 0
b. 0.03
c. 0.06
d. 1

2. Between students of class XII of two schools A and B basketball match is organised.
For which, a team from each school is chosen, say T1 be the team of school A and T2 be
372
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

the team of school B. These teams have to play two games against each other. It is
assumed that the outcomes of the two games are independent. The probability
1 3 1
of T1 winning, rawmg an osrng a game against T2 are , and respectively.
2 10 5

Each team gets 2 points for a win, 1 point for a draw and 0 point for a loss in a game.

Let X and Y denote the total points scored by team A and B respectively, after two games.

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2

Based on the above information, answer the following questions.

K

373
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

Answer Key-
374
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

Multiple Choice questions-

1. Answer: (c) not defined

2. Answer: (d) P (A) = P (B).

1
3. Answer: (d)
36

4. Answer: (b) P (A’B’) = [1 – P(A)] [1 – P(B)]

4
5. Answer: (a)
5

6. Answer: (c) P (A/B) ≥ P (A)

EE TE
7. Answer: (a) A ⊂ B

8. Answer: (c) P (B/A) > P (B)

/N U
T
9. Answer: (b) P (A/B) = 1
T
2
10. Answer: (d)
EE TI
13

Very Short Answer:

-J S
IIT IN

1. Solution:

Since A and B are independent events, [Given]

2

.-. P (A ∩ B) = P (A) . P(B) …(1)

K

Now P(A’∩B) = P (B) – P (A ∩ B)

= P(B) – P (A) P( ∩ B) [Using (1)]

= (1 – P(A)) P(B) = P(A’) P(B).

Hence, A’ and B are independent events.

2. Solution:
13 1 4 1
(a) P(A) = = , P(B) = =
52 4 52 13

1 1 1
P(A∩B) = = ⋅ = p(A).p(B)
52 4 13

Hence, the events A and B are independent

375
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

26 1 4 1
(b) P(A) = = , P(B) = =
52 2 52 13

2 1 1 1
P(A∩B) = = = ⋅ = P(A) . P(B)
52 26 2 13

Hence, the events A and B are independent

3. Solution:

S, Sample space = {HH, HT, TH, TT}

where H ≡ Head and T ≡ Tail.

3
∴ P (at least one head) = .
4

EE TE
4. Solution:

We have: P(A/B) = 0.3

/N U
T
𝑃𝑃(𝐴𝐴∩𝐵𝐵)
= 0.3
𝑃𝑃(𝐵𝐵)
T
EE TI
𝑃𝑃(𝐴𝐴∩𝐵𝐵)
= 0.3
0.5
-J S

P (A ∩ B) = 0.5 x 0.3 = 0.15.

IIT IN

Now, P(A∪B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A ∩ B)

= 0.6 + 0.5 – 0. 15
2

Hence, P (A ∪ B) = 1.1 – 0.15 = 0.95.

K

5. Solution:

P (Red transferred and red drawn or black transferred red drawn)

Solution:

P(A∪B) = P(A) + P(B) – (A ∩ B)

376
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

Short Answer:
1. Solution:

We have:

P(A)= 0.3 and P(B) = 0.5.

Now P (A ∩ B) = P(A). P(B)

[∵A and B are independent events]

= (0.3) (0.5) = 0.15.

EE TE
2. Solution:
/N U
T
Reqd. probability
T
EE TI
= P (White, Red) + P (Red, White)
-J S
IIT IN

3. Solution:
2
K

Probability that the problem is solved

= Probability that the problem is solved by at least one person

4. Solution:

377
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

Here, A: number is even i.e.,

A = {2,4,6}

and B: number is red i.e.,

B = {1,2,3}

And,
1
P (A ∩ B) = P(Number is even and red) = .

EE TE
6

Thus, P (A ∩ B) ≠ P(A). P(B)

/N U
T
T
Hence, the events A and B are not independent.
EE TI
5. Solution:
-J S

Probability of getting an odd number is one 3 1

IIT IN
2

Probability of getting an even number in one 3

K

Also, n = 6.

(i) P (5 successes) = P(5) = 6C5 q1 p5

(ii) P (at most 5 successes)

= P (0) + P(1) + … + P(5) = 1 – P(6)

= 1 - 6C6 q0 p6

6. Solution:

378
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

We have: P (X = 0) + P (X = 1) + P (X = 2) = 1

⇒ k + 2k + 3k = 1

⇒ 6k = 1.

7. Solution:

EE TE
8. Solution:

/N U
T
Let the events be as :
T
A: Card bears an odd number.
EE TI
B: Number on the card is greater than 5.
-J S

A∩B = {7, 9, 11}.

IIT IN
2
K

Long Answer:
1. Solution:

Let the events be as:

E: Sum of numbers is 8

F: Number of red dice less than 4.

E: {(2, 6), (3, 5), (4, 4), (5, 3), (6, 2)}

F = {(1, 1), (2, 1), … (6, 1), (1, 2), (2, 2), … (6, 2), (1, 3), (2, 3), … (6, 2) (6, 3)}

and E ∩ F = {(5, 3), (6, 2)}

379
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

2. Solution:

The first five positive integers are 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5.

We select two positive numbers in 5 x 4 = 20 way.

EE TE
Out of three, two numbers are selected at ran-dom.

/N U
Let ‘X’ denote the larger of the two numbers.

T
T
X can be 2, 3, 4 or 5.
EE TI
∴ P (X = 2) = P (Larger number is 2)
2
-J S

{(1, 2), (2,1)} =

20
IIT IN

4
Similarly, P (X = 3) = ,
20

6
P (X = 4) =
2

20
K

8
and P (X = 5) =
20

Hence, the probability distribution is:

380
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

3. Solution:
3
We have: P(A) = Probability of student A coming to school in time =
7

5
P(B) = Probability of student B coming to school in time =
7

EE TE
/N U
T
T
∴ Probability that only one of the students coming to school in time
EE TI
-J S
IIT IN
2

4. Solution:
K

∴ P(Agree) = P(Both speak the truth or both tell a lie)

381
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

Hence, the reqd. percentage = 74%.

Case Study Answers:

EE TE
1. Answer :
Let A be the event of commiting an error and E1, E2 and E3 be the events that Vinay,
Sonia and Iqbal processed the form.

/N U
T
(i) (b) 0.04
T
Solution:
EE TI
Required probability = P(A|E2)\
-J S
IIT IN
2
K

(ii) (c) 0.008

Solution:

Required probability = P(A ∩ E2)

(iii) (b) 0.047

Solution:

Total probability is given by

382
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

P(A) = P(E1) × P(A|E1) + P(E2) × P(A|E2) + P(E3) × P(A|E3).

(iv) (d) 17471747

Solution:

Using Bayes' theorem, we have

EE TE
/N U
T
T
EE TI
-J S

(v)(d) 1
IIT IN

Solution:
2
K

2. Answer :
1
(i) (a)
2

Solution:

Clearly, P(T2 winning a match against T1)

1
= P(T1 losing) =
5
3
(ii) (d)
10
383
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school
 PROBABILITY
13

Solution:
Clearly, P(T2 drawing a match against T1)
3
= P(T1 drawing) =
10
11
(iii) (d)
20
Solution:
According to given information, we have the following possibilities for the values
of X and Y.
X 4 3 2 1 0

EE TE
Y 0 1 2 3 4
Now, P(X > Y) = P(X = 4, Y = 0) + P(X = 3, Y = 1)

/N U
= P(T1 win) P(T1 win) + P(T1 win) P(match draw) + P(match draw) P(T1 win)

T
T
EE TI
-J S

29
(iv) (c)
100
IIT IN

Solution:
P(X = Y) = P(X = 2, Y = 2)
2

= P(T1 win) P(T2 win) + P(T2 win) P(T1 win) + P(match draw) P(match draw)
K

(v)(a) 0
Solution:
From the given information, it is clear that maximum sum of X and Y can be 4,
therefore P(X + Y = 8) = 0.

384
9716864415/9910732241 Shivaji prak | Jyoti Nagar | Teliwara | Baburam school